diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37992-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 248575 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37992-h/37992-h.htm | 4561 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37992-h/images/001.jpg | bin | 0 -> 31192 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37992-h/images/081.jpg | bin | 0 -> 27118 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37992-h/images/093.jpg | bin | 0 -> 34756 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37992-h/images/dropI.jpg | bin | 0 -> 7211 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37992-h/images/dropO.jpg | bin | 0 -> 7280 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37992-h/images/dropY.jpg | bin | 0 -> 6965 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37992-h/images/i003.jpg | bin | 0 -> 22438 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37992-h/images/title.jpg | bin | 0 -> 42882 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37992.txt | 2912 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37992.zip | bin | 0 -> 65289 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 |
15 files changed, 7489 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/37992-h.zip b/37992-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a418bf5 --- /dev/null +++ b/37992-h.zip diff --git a/37992-h/37992-h.htm b/37992-h/37992-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1ab201c --- /dev/null +++ b/37992-h/37992-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,4561 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" +"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" /> +<title>The King of Pirates</title> +<!-- AUTHOR="Daniel Defoe" --> +<!-- LANGUAGE="en" --> + +<style type='text/css'> +body { margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; } +h1 { text-align: center; margin-top: 1%; margin-bottom: 5%;} +h2 { text-align: center; margin-top: 5%; margin-bottom: 5%; page-break-before: always} +p { margin-left: 0%; + margin-right: 0%; + margin-top: 0%; + margin-bottom: 0%; + text-align: justify; + text-indent: 1em; + } +p.noindent { text-indent: 0; } +p.revind { + margin-left: 1em; + text-indent: -1em; +} +p.right { text-indent: 0; + text-align: right; + margin-left: 8%; margin-right: 4%; + margin-top: 0%; margin-bottom: 2%; + } + +p.signature {text-indent: 0%; + text-align: left; + margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 0%; + margin-top: 1%; margin-bottom: 2%; + } +p.address {text-indent: 0%; + text-align: left; + text-indent: 2em; + } +p.blockquote {text-indent: 0%; + margin-left: 8%; margin-right: 4%; + margin-top: 2%; margin-bottom: 2%; + } +p.center { text-indent: 0%; text-align: center; margin-top: 1%; margin-bottom: 1%; } + +p.firstwo { text-indent: 0 } +p.first { text-indent: 0 } + +span.small { font-size:small; } +span.sc { font-variant:small-caps; } +span.large { font-size:large; } +span.spaced { letter-spacing:.1em; } +span.hidden { display:none; } + +.leftpic { float: left; clear: left; } + +.centerpic { + text-align: center; + text-indent: 0%; + display: block; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; +} + +a:link { text-decoration: none; color: rgb(10%,30%,60%); } +a:visited { text-decoration: none; color: rgb(10%,30%,60%); } +a:hover { text-decoration: underline; } +a:active { text-decoration: underline; } + +ul { margin-left: 0; padding-left: 0; } +.trnote { + font-family: sans-serif; + font-size: small; + background-color: #ccc; + color: #000; + border: black 1px dotted; + margin: 2em; + padding: 1em; + page-break-before: always; +} +li { text-align: left; margin: 0; text-indent: -3em; margin-left: 3em; } +.trnote ul li { list-style-type: none; } + +</style> +</head> + +<body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The King of Pirates, by Daniel Defoe + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The King of Pirates + Being an Account of the Famous Enterprises of Captain + Avery, the Mock King of Madagascar + +Author: Daniel Defoe + +Release Date: November 12, 2011 [EBook #37992] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE KING OF PIRATES *** + + + + +Produced by Jens Sadowski (This file was produced from +images generously made available by The Internet Archive) + + + + + + +</pre> + +<div class="centerpic"><img src="images/title.jpg" alt="Title page"/></div> + +<p style="page-break-before:always"> </p> +<p > </p> +<div class="trnote"> +<p class="center"> +<a href="#Notes">Transcriber's notes</a> to be found at the end of the book. +</p> +</div> + +<h1> +<span class="spaced small">THE</span><br /> +King of <span class="spaced">PIRATES</span>: +</h1> + +<p class="center"> +<span class="spaced">BEING AN<br /> +<span class="large">ACCOUNT</span><br /> +OF THE</span><br /> +<span class="large">Famous <span class="spaced sc">Enterprises</span></span><br /> +OF<br /> +<span class="large">Captain <span class="spaced"><i>AVERY</i></span>,</span><br /> +The Mock <span class="spaced sc">King</span> of <i>Madagascar</i>. +</p> + +<p> </p> +<p class="center"> +WITH +</p> +<p> </p> + +<p class="center"> +His <span class="spaced sc">Rambles</span> and <span class="spaced sc">Piracies</span>; wherein<br /> +all the Sham <span class="spaced sc">Accounts</span> formerly<br /> +publish'd of him, are detected. +</p> + +<p> </p> +<p class="center" style="font-size:small"> +<i>In Two <span class="spaced">LETTERS</span> from himself;<br /> +one during his Stay at</i> Madagascar, <i>and<br /> +one since his Escape from thence.</i> +</p> +<p> </p> + +<p class="center"> +<span class="spaced"><i>LONDON</i></span>,<br /> +<span class="small"> +Printed for <i>A. Bettesworth</i> in <i>Pater-noster Row</i>, <i>C. King</i><br /> +in <i>Westminster-Hall</i>, <i>J. Brotherton</i> and <i>W. Meadows</i> in <i>Cornhill</i>,<br /> +<i>W. Chetwood</i> in <i>Covent-Garden</i>, and sold by <i>W. Boreham</i> in<br /> +<i>Pater-noster Row</i>, 1720. +</span> +</p> + +<p class="right"><span class="small"> +(Price 1 <i>s.</i> 6 <i>d.</i>) +</span> +</p> + +<!-- page iii --> + +<h2 class="chapter" id="chapter-1"> +<span class="centerpic" id="img-i003"><img src="images/i003.jpg" alt="Illustration i003" /></span> +THE PREFACE</h2> + +<p class="first"><span class="leftpic" id="dropO"><img src="images/dropO.jpg" alt="O" /></span> +<span class="hidden">O</span><i>NE of the particular Advantages +of the following Letters from +Captain </i>Avery<i>, is, the Satisfaction +they will give the Readers +how much they have been impos’d upon in +the former ridiculous and extravagant +Accounts which have been put upon the +World in what has been publish’d already.</i> +</p> + +<p><i>It has been enough to the Writers of +this Man’s Life, as they call it, that they +could put any Thing together, to make a +kind of monstrous unheard of Story, as romantick +as the Reports that have been +spread about of him; and the more those +Stories appear’d monstrous and incredible, +the more suitable they seem’d to be to what +the World would have been made to expect +of Captain </i>Avery<i>.</i> +</p> +<!-- page iv --> + +<p><i>There is always a great Deference between +what Men say of themselves, and +what others say for them, when they come +to write Historically of the Transactions +of their Lives.</i> +</p> + +<p><i>The Publisher of these Letters recommends +this Performance to the Readers, to +make their Judgment of the Difference +between them and the extravagant Stories +already told, and which is most likely to be +genuine; and, as they verily believe these +Letters to be the best and truest Account +of Captain </i>Avery<i>’s Piracies, that ever +has or ever will come to the Knowledge +of the World, they recommend them as +such, and doubt not but they will answer +for themselves in the Reading.</i> +</p> + +<p><i>The Account given of Captain </i>Avery<i>’s +taking the Great Mogul’s Daughter, ravishing +and murdering her, and all the +Ladies of her Retinue, is so differently +related here, and so extravagantly related +before, that it cannot but be a Satisfaction +to the most unconcern’d Reader, to +find such a horrible Piece of Villainy as the +other was suppos’d to be, not to have been +committed in the World.</i> +</p> +<!-- page v --> + +<p><i>On the contrary, we find here, that except +plundering that Princess of her Jewels +and Money to a prodigious Value, a +Thing which, falling into the Hands of +Freebooters, every one that had the Misfortune +to fall into such Hands would +expect: But, that excepting this, the +Lady was used with all the Decency and +Humanity, and, perhaps, with more than +ever Women, falling among Pirates, had +found before; especially considering that, +by Report, she was a most beautiful and +agreeable Person herself, as were also +several of those about her.</i> +</p> + +<p><i>The Booty taken with her, tho’ infinitely +great in itself, yet has been so magnify’d +beyond common Sense, that it makes all +the rest that has been said of those Things +ridiculous and absurd.</i> +</p> + +<p><i>The like Absurdity in the former Relations +of this Matter, is that of the +making an Offer of I know not how many +Millions to the late Queen, for Captain +</i>Avery<i>’s Pardon, with a Petition to the +Queen, and her Majesty’s negative Answer; +all which are as much true as his +being Master of so many Millions if Money, +<!-- page vi --> +which he nor his Gang never had; +and of his being proclaim’d King of </i>Madagascar<i>; +marrying the Mogul’s Daughter, +and the like: And, by the Bye, it +was but ill laid together of those who +publish’d, that he first ravish’d her, then +murder’d her, and then marry’d her; all +which are very remarkable for the recommending +the Thing to those that read +it.</i> +</p> + +<p><i>If these Stories are explain’d here, +and duly expos’d, and the History of Captain +</i>Avery<i> set in a fairer Light, the End +is answer’d; and of this the Readers are +to be the only Judges: But this may be +said, without any Arrogance, that this +Story, stripp’d of all the romantick, improbable, +and impossible Parts of it, looks +more like the History of Captain </i>Avery<i>, +than any Thing yet publish’d ever has +done; and, if it is not prov’d that the +Captain wrote these Letters himself, the +Publisher says, None but the Captain himself +will ever be able to mend them.</i> +</p> +<!-- page 001 --> + +<h2 class="chapter" id="chapter-2"> +<span class="centerpic" id="img-001"><img src="images/001.jpg" alt="Illustration 001" /></span> +THE King of PIRATES.</h2> + +<p class="first"><span class="leftpic" id="dropY"><img src="images/dropY.jpg" alt="Y" /></span> +<span class="hidden">Y</span>OU may be sure I receiv’d with +Resentment enough the Account, +that a most ridiculous Book, entitled, +<i>My Life and Adventures</i>, had +been publish’d in <i>England</i>, being fully +assur’d nothing of Truth could be +contain’d in such a Work; and tho’ it may be true, +that my extravagant Story may be the proper +Foundation of a Romance, yet as no Man has a +Title to publish it better than I have to expose +and contradict it, I send you this by one of my +particular Friends, who having an Opportunity of +returning into <i>England</i>, has promis’d to convey it +faithfully to you; by which, at least, two Things +shall be made good to the World; first, that they +shall be satisfy’d in the scandalous and unjust +Manner in which others have already treated me, +and it shall give, in the mean Time, a larger Account +of what may at present be fit to be made +publick, of my unhappy tho’ successful Adventures. +</p> +<!-- page 002 --> + +<p>I shall not trouble my Friends with any Thing +of my Original and first Introduction into the +World, I leave it to you to add from yourself +what you think proper to be known on that +Subject; only this I enjoin you to take Notice of, +that the Account printed of me, with all the Particulars +of my Marriage, my being defrauded, and +leaving my Family and native Country on that +Account, is a meer Fable and a made Story, to +embellish, as the Writer of it perhaps suppos’d, the +rest of his Story, or perhaps to fill up the Book, +that it might swell to a Magnitude which his +barren Invention could not supply. +</p> + +<p>In the present Account, I have taken no Notice +of my Birth, Infancy, Youth, or any of that Part; +which, as it was the most useless Part of my +Years to myself so ’tis the most useless to any +one that shall read this Work to know, being +altogether barren of any Thing remarkable in it +self, or instructing to others: It is sufficient to +me to let the World know, as above, that the +former Accounts, made publick, are utterly false, +and to begin my Account of myself at a Period +which may be more useful and entertaining. +</p> + +<p>It may be true, that I may represent some Particulars +of my Life, in this Tract, with Reserve, or +Enlargement, such as may be sufficient to conceal +any Thing in my present Circumstance that +ought to be conceal’d and reserv’d, with Respect +to my own Safety; and therefore, if on Pretence +of Justice the busy World should look for me in +one Part of the World when I am in another, +search for my new Kingdom in <i>Madagascar</i>, and +should not find it, or search for my Settlement +on one Side of the Island, when it lies on another, +they must not take this ill; for Self-preservation +<!-- page 003 --> +being the supreme Law of Nature, all Things of +this Kind must submit to that. +</p> + +<p>In Order then to come immediately to my +Story, I shall, without any Circumlocutions, give +you Leave to tell the World, that being bred to +the Sea from a Youth, none of those romantick +Introductions publish’d had any Share in my Adventures, +or were any way the Cause of my taking +the Courses I have since been embark’d in: But as +in several Parts of my wandring Life I had seen +something of the immense Wealth, which the Buccaneers, +and other Adventurers, met with in their +scouring about the World for Purchase, I had, for +a long Time, meditated in my Thoughts to get +possess’d of a good Ship for that Purpose, if I +could, and to try my Fortune. I had been some +Years in the Bay of <i>Campeachy</i>, and tho’ with Patience +I endur’d the Fatigue of that laborious Life, +yet it was as visible to others as to myself, that I +was not form’d by Nature for a Logwood-Cutter, +any more than I was for a Foremast-man; and +therefore Night and Day I apply’d myself to study +how I should dismiss myself from that Drudgery, +and get to be, first or last, Master of a good +Ship, which was the utmost of my Ambition at +that Time; resolving, in the mean Time, that +when ever any such Thing should happen, I would +try my Fortune in the Cruising Trade, but would +be sure not to prey upon my own Countrymen. +</p> + +<p>It was many Years after this before I could +bring my Purposes to pass; and I serv’d, first, in +some of the Adventures of Captain <i>Sharp</i>, Captain +<i>Sawkins</i>, and others, in their bold Adventures in +the South Seas, where I got a very good Booty; +was at the taking of <i>Puna</i>, where we were oblig’d +to leave infinite Wealth behind us, for want of +being able to bring it away; and after several +Adventures in those Seas, was among that Party +<!-- page 004 --> +who fought their Way Sword in Hand thro’ all +the Detachments of the <i>Spaniards</i>, in the Journey +over Land, cross the Isthmus of <i>Darien</i>, to the +North Seas; and when other of our Men gat away, +some one Way, some another, I, with twelve more +of our Men, by Help of a <i>Periagua</i>, gat into the +Bay of <i>Campeachy</i>, where we fell very honestly to +cutting of Logwood, not for Want, but to employ +ourselves till we could make off. +</p> + +<p>Here three of our Men dy’d, and we that were +left, shar’d their Money among us; and having +stay’d here two Years, without seeing any Way of +Escape that I dar’d to trust to, I at last, with two +of our Men, who spoke <i>Spanish</i> perfectly well, made +a desperate Attempt to travel over Land to L— +having bury’d all our Money, (which was worth +eight thousand Pieces of Eight a Man, tho’ most +of it in Gold) in a Pit in the Earth which we +dug twelve Foot deep, and where it would have +lyen still, for no Man knew where to look for it; +but we had an Opportunity to come at it again +some Years after. +</p> + +<p>We travell’d along the Sea-shore five Days together, +the Weather exceeding hot, and did not +doubt but we should so disguise ourselves as to be +taken for <i>Spaniards</i>; but our better Fortune provided +otherwise for us, for the sixth Day of our +March we found a Canoe lying on the Shore with +no one in her: We found, however, several Things +in her, which told us plainly that she belong’d +to some <i>Englishmen</i> who were on Shore; so we resolv’d +to sit down by her and wait: By and by +we heard the <i>Englishmen</i>, who were seven in Number, +and were coming back to their Boat, having +been up the Country to an <i>Ingenio</i>, where they had +gotten great Quantities of Provision, and were +<!-- page 005 --> +bringing it down to their Boat which they had +left on the Shore, (with the Help of five <i>Indians</i>, of +whom they had bought it) not thinking there was +any People thereabouts: When they saw us, not +knowing who we were, they were just going to +fire at us; when I, perceiving it, held up a white +Flag as high as I could reach it, which was, in +short, only a Piece of an old Linnen Wastcoat +which I had on, and pull’d it off for the Occasion; +upon this, however, they forbore firing at +us, and when they came nearer to us, they could +easily see that we were their own Countrymen: +They enquir’d of us what we came there for; we +told them, we had travell’d from <i>Campeachy</i>, +where being tir’d with the Hardships of our Fortune, +and not getting any Vessel to carry us +where we durst go, we were even desperate, and +cared not what became of us; so that had not they +came to us thus happily, we should have put our +selves into the Hands of the <i>Spaniards</i> rather than +have perish’d where we were. +</p> + +<p>They took us into their Boat, and afterwards +carry’d us on Board their Ship; when we came +there, we found they were a worse Sort of Wanderers +than ourselves, for tho’ we had been a Kind +of Pyrates, known and declar’d Enemies to the +<i>Spaniards</i>, yet it was to them only, and to no +other; for we never offer’d to rob any of our other +<i>European</i> Nations, either <i>Dutch</i> or <i>French</i>, much +less <i>English</i>; but now we were listed in the Service +of the Devil indeed, and, like him, were at War +with all Mankind. +</p> + +<p>However, we not only were oblig’d to sort +with them, while with them, but in a little Time the +Novelty of the Crime wore off, and we grew harden’d +<!-- page 006 --> +to it, like the rest: And in this Service I +spent four Years more of my Time. +</p> + +<p>Our Captain in this Pirate Ship was nam’d <i>Nichols</i>, +but we call’d him Captain <i>Redhand</i>; it seems +it was a <i>Scots</i> Sailor gave him that Name, when +he was not the Head of the Crew, because he was +so bloody a Wretch, that he scarce ever was at +the taking any Prize, but he had a Hand in some +Butchery or other. +</p> + +<p>They were hard put to it for fresh Provisions, +or they would not have sent thus up into the +Country a single Canoe; and when I came on +Board they were so straiten’d, that, by my +Advice, they resolv’d to go to the Isle of <i>Cuba</i> +to kill wild Beef, of which the South Side of the +Island is so full: Accordingly we sail’d thither +directly. +</p> + +<p>The Vessel carry’d sixteen Guns, but was fitted +to carry twenty two, and there was on Board one +hundred and sixty stout Fellows, as bold and as +case-harden’d for the Work as ever I met with +upon any Occasion whatever: We victual’d in +this Place for eight Months, by our Calculation; but +our Cook, who had the Management of the Salting +and Pickling the Beef, order’d his Matters so, +that had he been let alone he would have starv’d +us all, and poison’d us too; for as we are oblig’d +to hunt the black Cattle in the Island sometimes +a great while before we can shoot them, it should +be observ’d, that the Flesh of those that are heated +before they are kill’d, is not fit to be pickled or +salted up for Keeping. +</p> + +<p>But this Man happening to pickle up the Beef, +without Regard to this particular Distinction, most +of the Beef, so pickled, stunk before we left the +<!-- page 007 --> +Place, so that we were oblig’d to throw it all +away: The Men then said it was impossible to +salt any Beef in those hot Countries, so as to preserve +it, and would have had us given it over, +and ha’ gone to the Coast of <i>New England</i>, or <i>New +York</i>, for Provisions; but I soon convinc’d them +of the Mistake, and by only using the Caution, +<i>viz.</i> not to salt up any Beef of those Cattle that +had been hunted, we cur’d one hundred and forty +Barrels of very good Beef, and such as lasted +us a very great while. +</p> + +<p>I began to be of some Repute among them upon +this Occasion, and <i>Redhand</i> took me into the Cabin +with him to consult upon all Emergencies, +and gave me the Name of Captain, though I had +then no Command: By this Means I gave him +an Account of all my Adventures in the South +Seas, and what a prodigious Booty we got there +with Captain <i>Goignet</i>, the <i>Frenchman</i>, and with +Captain <i>Sharp</i>, and others; encouraging him to +make an Attempt that Way, and proposing to +him to go away to the <i>Brasils</i>, and so round by +the Straits of <i>Magellan</i>, or <i>Cape Horn</i>. +</p> + +<p>However, in this he was more prudent than I, +and told me, that not only the Strength but the +Force of his Ship was too small, not but that he +had Men enough, as he said very well, but he +wanted more Guns, and a better Ship; for indeed +the Ship we were in was but a weak crazy Boat for +so long a Voyage: So he said he approv’d my Project +very well, but that he thought we should try to +take some more substantial Vessel for the Business: +And says he, if we could but take a good stout +Ship, fit to carry thirty Guns, and a Sloop, or +Brigantine, he would go with all his Heart. +</p> +<!-- page 008 --> + +<p>This I could not but approve of; so we form’d +the Scheme of the Design, and he call’d all his +Men together, and propos’d it to them, and they +all approv’d it with a general Consent; and I had +the Honour of being the Contriver of the Voyage. +From this Time we resolv’d, some how or other, +to get a better Ship under us, and it was not long +before an Opportunity presented to our Mind. +</p> + +<p>Being now upon the Coast of the Island of <i>Cuba</i>, +we stood away West, coasting the Island, and +so went away for <i>Florida</i>, where we cruis’d among +the Islands, and in the Wake of the Gulph; +but nothing presented a great while; at length +we spy’d a Sail, which prov’d an <i>English</i> homeward +bound Ship from <i>Jamaica</i>: We immediately +chac’d her, and came up with her; she was a +stout Ship, and the Captain defended her very +well; and had she not been a comber’d deep Ship, +being full loaded, so that they could scarce come +at their Guns, we should have had our Hands +full of her. But when they found what we were, +and that, being full of Men, we were resolv’d to +be on Board them, and that we had hoisted the +black Flag, a Signal that we would give them no +Quarter, they began to sink in their Spirits, and +soon after cry’d Quarter, offering to yield: <i>Redhand</i> +would have given them no Quarter, but, +according to his usual Practice, would have thrown +the Men all into the Sea; but I prevail’d with him +to give them Quarter, and good Usage too; and so +they yielded; and a very rich Prize it was, only +that we knew not what to do with the Cargo. +</p> + +<p>When we came to consider more seriously the +Circumstances we were in by taking this Ship, +and what we should do with her, we found, that she +was not only deep loaden, but was a very heavy +<!-- page 009 --> +Sailer, and that, in short, she was not such a Ship as +we wanted; so, upon long Debate, we resolv’d to take +out of her all the Rum, the Indigo, and the Money +we could come at, with about twenty Casks of +Sugar, and twelve of her Guns, with all the Ammunition, +small Arms, Bullets, <i>&c.</i> and let her +go; which was accordingly done, to the great Joy +of the Captain that commanded her: However, +we took in her about six thousand Pounds Sterling +in Pieces of Eight. +</p> + +<p>But the next Prize we met, suited us better on +all Accounts, being a Ship from <i>Kingsale</i> in <i>Ireland</i>, +loaden with Beef, and Butter, and Beer, for +<i>Barbadoes</i>; never was Ship more welcome to Men +in our Circumstances; this was the very Thing +we wanted: We saw the Ship early in the Morning, +at about five Leagues Distance, and we was +three Days in Chace of her; she stood from us, as if +she would have run away for the <i>Cape de Verd</i> +Islands, and two or three Times we thought she +sail’d so well she would have got away from us, +but we had always the good Luck to get Sight of +her in the Morning: She was about 260 Tun, +an <i>English</i> Frigat-built Ship, and had 12 Guns +on Board, but could carry 20. The Commander +was a Quaker, but yet had he been equal to us +in Force, it appear’d by his Countenance he would +not have been afraid of his Flesh, or have baulk’d +using the Carnal Weapon of Offence, <i>viz.</i> the Cannon +Ball. +</p> + +<p>We soon made ourselves Master of this Ship +when once we came up with him, and he was every +Thing that we wanted; so we began to shift our +Guns into her, and shifted about 60 Tun of her +Butter and Beef into our own Frigate; this made +the <i>Irish</i> Vessel be a clear Ship, lighter in the Water, +<!-- page 010 --> +and have more Room on Board for Fight, if Occasion +offer’d. +</p> + +<p>When we had the old Quaking Skipper on Board, +we ask’d him whether he would go along with us; +he gave us no Answer at first; but when we ask’d +him again, he return’d, that he did not know +whether it might be safe for him to answer the +Question: We told him, he should either go or +stay, as he pleas’d; Why then, says he, I had rather +ye will give me Leave to decline it. +</p> + +<p>We gave him Leave, and accordingly set him +on Shore afterwards at <i>Nevis</i>, with ten of his +Men; the rest went along with us as Volunteers, +except the Carpenter and his Mate, and the Surgeon, +those we took by Force: We were now supply’d +as well as Heart could wish, had a large Ship +in our Possession, with Provisions enough for a +little Fleet rather than for a single Ship. So with +this Purchase we went away for the <i>Leeward +Islands</i>, and fain we would have met with +some of the <i>New York</i> or <i>New England</i> Ships, +which generally come loaden with Peas, Flower, +Pork, <i>&c.</i> But it was a long while before any +Thing of that Kind presented. We had promis’d +the <i>Irish</i> Captain to set him on Shore, with his +Company, at <i>Nevis</i>, but we were not willing till +we had done our Business in those Seas, because of +giving the Alarm among the Islands; so we went +away for St. <i>Domingo</i>, and making that Island our +Rendezvous, we cruis’d to the Eastward, in Hopes +of some Purchase; it was not long before we +spy’d a Sail, which prov’d to be a <i>Burmoodas</i> +Sloop, but bound from <i>Virginia</i> or <i>Maryland</i>, with +Flower, Tobacco, and some Malt; the last a +Thing which in particular we knew not what to +do with: However, the Flower and Tobacco was +<!-- page 011 --> +very welcome, and the Sloop no less welcome than +the rest; for she was a very large Vessel, and +carry’d near 60 Tun, and when not so deep loaden, +prov’d an excellent Sailer. Soon after this we met +with another Sloop, but she was bound from <i>Barbadoes</i> +to <i>New England</i>, with Rum, Sugar, and +Molosses: Nothing disturb’d us in taking this +Vessel, but that being willing enough to let her +go; (for as to the Sugar and Molosses, we had neither +Use for them, or Room for them) but to have +let her go, had been to give the Alarm to all the +Coast of <i>North America</i>, and then what we wanted +would never come in our Way. Our Captain, +justly call’d <i>Redhand</i>, or <i>Bloodyhand</i>, was presently +for dispatching them, that they might tell no +Tales; and, indeed, the Necessity of the Method +had very near prevail’d; nor did I much interpose +here, I know not why, but some of the other +Men put him in as good a Way; and that was, +to bring the Sloop to an Anchor under the Lee of +St. <i>Domingo</i>, and take away all her Sails, that she +should not stir till we gave her Leave. +</p> + +<p>We met with no less than five Prizes more +here in about 20 Days Cruise, but none of them +for our Turn; one of them, indeed, was a Vessel +bound to St. <i>Christopher</i>’s with <i>Madera</i> Wine: We +borrow’d about 20 Pipes of the Wine, and let her +go. Another was a <i>New England</i> built Ship, of +about 150 Tun, bound also Home with Sugar and +Molosses, which was good for nothing to us; +however, we gat near 1000 <i>l.</i> on Board her in +Pieces of Eight, and taking away her Sails, as +before, brought her to an Anchor under the Lee +of the Sloop: At last we met with what we wanted, +and this was another Ship of about 100 Tun, +from <i>New England</i>, bound to <i>Barbadoes</i>; she had on +Board 150 Barrels of Flower, about 350 Barrels +<!-- page 012 --> +of Pease, and 10 Tun of Pork barrell’d up +and pickel’d, besides some live Hogs, and some +Horses, and six Tun of Beer. +</p> + +<p>We were now sufficiently provided for; in all +those Prizes we got also about 56 Men, who, by +Choice and Volunteer, agree’d to go along with us, +including the Carpenters and Surgeons, who we +oblig’d always to go; so that we were now above +200 Men, two Ships, and the <i>Burmoodas</i> Sloop; +and giving the other Sloop, and the <i>New England</i> +homeward bound Ship their Sails again, we let +them go; and as to the Malt which we took in the +<i>Burmoodas</i> Sloop, we gave it the last <i>New England</i> +Master, who was going to <i>Barbadoes</i>. +</p> + +<p>We gat in all those Ships, besides the Provisions +above-mention’d, about 200 Musquets and +Pistols, good Store of Cutlasses, about 20 Tun of +Iron Shot and Musquet Ball, and 33 Barrels of +good Powder, which was all very suitable Things +to our Occasions. +</p> + +<p>We were fully satisfy’d, as we said to one another, +now, and concluded that we would stand +away to the Windward, as well as we could, towards +the Coast of <i>Africa</i>, that we might come +in the Wind’s Way for the Coast of <i>Brasil</i>; but +our Frigat (I mean that we were first shipp’d in) +was yet out upon the Cruise, and not come in; so +we came to an Anchor to wait for her, when, behold, +the next Morning she came in with full Sail, +and a Prize in Tow: She had, it seems, been +farther West than her Orders, but had met with +a <i>Spanish</i> Prize, whither bound, or from whence, +I remember we did not enquire, but we found in +her, besides Merchandize, which we had no Occasion +for, 65000 Pieces of Eight in Silver, some +<!-- page 013 --> +Gold, and two Boxes of Pearl of a good Value; +five <i>Dutch</i>, or rather <i>Flemish</i>, Seamen that were on +Board her, were willing to go with us; and as to +the rest of the Cargo, we let her go, only finding +four of her Guns were Brass, we took them into +our Ship, with seven great Jars of Powder, and +some Cannon-Shot, and let her go, using the <i>Spaniards</i> +very civilly. +</p> + +<p>This was a Piece of meer good Fortune to us, and +was so encouraging as nothing could be more, for +it set us up, as we may say; for now we thought +we could never fail of good Fortune, and we resolv’d, +one and all, directly to the South Seas. +</p> + +<p>It was about the Middle of <i>August</i> 1690 that +we set forward, and steering E. by S. and E. S. E. +for about fifteen Days, with the Winds at N. N. W. +variable, we came quickly into the Trade Winds, +with a good Offing, to go clear of all the Islands; +and so we steer’d directly for <i>Cape St. Augustin</i> in +the <i>Brasils</i>, which we made the 22nd of <i>September</i>. +</p> + +<p>We cruis’d some Time upon the Coast, about +the Bay of <i>All Saints</i>, and put in once or twice for +fresh Water, especially at the Island of St. <i>John</i>’s, +where we got good Store of Fish, and some Hogs, +which, for fresh Provisions, was a great Relief to +us: But we gat no Purchase here; for whether it +was that their <i>European</i> Ships were just come in, +or just gone out, we know not, or whether they +suspected what we were, and so kept close within +their Ports, but in thirteen Days that we ply’d off +and on about <i>Fernambuque</i>, and about fourteen +Days more that we spent in coasting along the +<i>Brasil</i> Shore to the South, we met not one Ship, +neither saw a Sail, except of their Fishing-Boats +or small Coasters, who kept close under Shore. +</p> +<!-- page 014 --> + +<p>We cross’d the Line here about the latter End +of <i>September</i>, and found the Air exceeding hot and +unwholsome, the Sun being in the <i>Zenith</i>, and the +Weather very wet and rainy; so we resolv’d to +stand away South, without looking for any more +Purchase on that Side. +</p> + +<p>Accordingly we kept on to the South, having +tolerable good Weather, and keeping the Shore all +the Way in View till we came the Length of St. +<i>Julien</i>, in the Latitude of 48 Degrees, 22 Minutes +South; here we put in again, being the Beginning +of <i>November</i>, and took in fresh Water, and spent +about ten Days, refreshing ourselves, and fitting +our Tackle; all which Time we liv’d upon Penguins +and Seals, of which we kill’d an innumerable +Number; and when we prepar’d to go, we +salted up as many Penguins as we found would +serve our whole Crew, to eat them twice a Week +as long as they would keep. +</p> + +<p>Here we consulted together about going thro’ the +Straits of <i>Magellan</i>; but I put them quite out of Conceit +of making that troublesom and fatieguing Adventure, +the Straits being so hazardous, and so many +Winds requir’d to pass them; and having assur’d +them, that in our Return with <i>Bat Sharp</i>, we went +away to the Latitude of 55 Degrees 30 Minutes, +and then steering due East, came open with the +North Seas in five Days Run, they all agreed +to go that Way. +</p> + +<p>On the 20th of November we weigh’d from Port +<i>Julien</i>, and having a fair Wind at N. E. by E. +led it away merrily, till we came into the Latitude +of 54, when the Wind veering more Northerly, +and then to the N. W. blowing hard, we were +driven into 55 Degrees and half, but lying as near +<!-- page 015 --> +as we could to the Wind, we made some Westward +Way withal: The 3d of <i>December</i> the Wind +came up South, and S. E. by S. being now just as +it were at the Beginning of the Summer Solstice +in that Country. +</p> + +<p>With this Wind, which blew a fresh Gale, we +stood away N. N. W. and soon found ourselves +in open Sea, to the West of <i>America</i>; upon which +we haul’d away N. by E. and N. N. E. and then +N. E. when on the 20th of <i>December</i> we made +the Land, being the Coast of <i>Chili</i>, in the Latitude +of 41 Degrees, about the Height of <i>Baldivia</i>; and +we stood out from hence till we made the Isle of +St. <i>Juan Fernando</i>, where we came to an Anchor, +and went on Shore to get fresh Water; also some +of our Men went a hunting for Goats, of which +we kill’d enough to feed us all with fresh Meat +for all the while we stay’d here, which was +22 Days. [<i>Jan.</i> 11.] +</p> + +<p>During this Stay we sent the Sloop out to Cruise, +but she came back without seeing any Vessel; +after which we order’d her out again more to the +North, but she was scarce gone a League, when +she made a Signal that she saw a Sail, and that +we should come out to help them; accordingly +the Frigat put to Sea after them, but making no +Signal for us to follow, we lay still, and work’d +hard at cleaning our Ship, shifting some of the +Rigging, and the like. +</p> + +<p>We heard no more of them in three Days, which +made us repent sorely that we had not gone all +three together; but the third Day they came +back, tho’ without any Prize, as we thought, but +gave us an Account that they had chac’d a great +Ship and a Bark all Night, and the next Day; +<!-- page 016 --> +that they took the Bark the Evening before, but +found little in her of Value; that the great Ship +ran on Shore among some Rocks, where they +durst not go in after her, but that manning out +their Boats, they got on Shore so soon, that the +Men belonging to her durst not land; that then +they threaten’d to burn the Ship as she lay, and +burn them all in her, if they did not come on +Shore and surrender: They offer’d to surrender, +giving them their Liberty, which our Men would +not promise at first; but after some Parly, and +arguing on both Sides, our Men agreed thus far, +that they should remain Prisoners for so long as +we were in those Seas, but that as soon as we +came to the Height of <i>Panama</i>, or if we resolv’d to +return sooner, then they should be set at Liberty; +and to these hard Conditions they yielded. +</p> + +<p>Our Men found in the Ship 6 Brass Guns, 200 +Sacks of Meal, some Fruit, and the Value of +160000 Pieces of Eight in Gold of <i>Chili</i>, as good +as any in the World: It was a glittering Sight, +and enough to dazzle the Eyes of those that look’d +on it, to see such a Quantity of Gold laid all of a +Heap together, and we began to embrace one another +in Congratulation of our good Fortune. +</p> + +<p>We brought the Prisoners all to the Island +<i>Fernando</i>, where we used them very well, built +little Houses for them, gave them Bread, and +Meat, and every Thing they wanted; and gave +them Powder and Ball to kill Goats with, which +they were fully satisfy’d with, and kill’d a great +many for us too. +</p> + +<p>We continu’d to Cruise [<i>Feb.</i> 2] hereabout, +but without finding any other Prize for near three +Weeks more; so we resolv’d to go up as high as +<!-- page 017 --> +<i>Puna</i>, the Place where I had been so lucky before; +and we assur’d our Prisoners, that in about two +Months we would return, and relieve them; but +they chose rather to be on Board us, so we took +them all in again, and kept on with an easy Sail, +at a proper Distance from Land, that we might +not be known, and the Alarm given; for as to the +Ship which we had taken, and which was stranded +among the Rocks, as we had taken all the Men +out of her, the People on the Shore, when they +should find her, could think no other than that +she was driven on Shore by a Storm, and that all +the People were drown’d, or all escap’d and +gone; and there was no Doubt but that the Ship +would beat to Pieces in a very few Days. +</p> + +<p>We kept, I say, at a Distance from the Shore, +to prevent giving the Alarm; but it was a needless +Caution, for the Country was all alarm’d on +another Account, <i>viz.</i> about an 130 bold Buccaneers +had made their Way over Land, not at +the Isthmus of <i>Darien</i>, as usual, but from <i>Granada</i>, +on the Lake of <i>Nicaragua</i> to the North of +<i>Panama</i>, by which, tho’ the Way was longer, and +the Country not so practicable as at the ordinary +Passage, yet they were unmolested, for they surpriz’d +the Country; and whereas the <i>Spaniards</i>, +looking for them at the old Passage, had drawn +Entrenchments, planted Guns, and posted Men +at the Passages of the Mountains, to intercept +them and cut them off, here they met with no +<i>Spaniards</i>, nor any other Obstruction in their +Way, but coming to the South Sea had Time, +undiscover’d, to build themselves Canoes and +Periaguas, and did a great deal of Mischief upon +the Shore, having been follow’d, among the rest, +by 80 Men more, commanded by one <i>Guilotte</i>, a +<i>Frenchman</i>, an old Buccaneer; so that they were +<!-- page 018 --> +now 210 Men; and they were not long at Sea +before they took two <i>Spanish</i> Barks going from +<i>Guatimala</i> to <i>Panama</i>, loaden with Meal, Coco, and +other Provisions; so that now they were a Fleet +of two Barks, with several Canoes, and Periaguas, +but no Guns, nor any more Ammunition +than every one carry’d at first at their Backs. +</p> + +<p>However, this Troop of Desperadoes had alarm’d +all the Coast, and Expresses both by Sea +and Land were dispatch’d, to warn the Towns on +the Coast to be upon their Guard, all the way from +<i>Panama</i> to <i>Lima</i>; but as they were represented +to be only such Freebooters as I have said, Ships +of Strength did not desist their Voyages, as they +found Occasion, as we shall observe presently: +We were now gotten into the Latitude of 10, 11, +and 12 Degrees and a Half; but, in our overmuch +Caution, had kept out so far to Sea, that we +miss’d every Thing which would otherwise have +fallen into our Hands; but we were better inform’d +quickly, as you shall hear. +</p> + +<p>Early in the Morning, one of our Men being on +the Missen-top, cry’d, A Sail, a Sail; it prov’d to be +a small Vessel standing just after us; and as we understood +afterwards, did so, believing that we +were some of the King’s Ships looking after +the Buccaneers. As we understood she was a-Stern +of us, we shorten’d Sail, and hung out the <i>Spanish</i> +Colours, separating ourselves, to make him +suppose we were cruising for the Buccaneers, and +did not look for him; however, when we saw him +come forward, but stretching in a little towards +the Shore, we took Care to be so much to Starboard +that he could not escape us that Way; +and when he was a little nearer, the Sloop plainly chac’d +him, and in a little Time came up +<!-- page 019 --> +with him, and took him: We had little Goods in +the Vessel, their chief Loading being Meal and +Corn for <i>Panama</i>, but the Master happen’d to have +6000 Pieces of Eight in his Cabin, which was +good Booty. +</p> + +<p>But that which was better than all this to us was, +that the Master gave us an Account of two Ships +which were behind, and were under Sail for <i>Lima</i> +or <i>Panama</i>; the one having the Revenues of the +Kingdom of <i>Chili</i>, and the other having a great +Quantity of Silver, going from <i>Puna</i> to <i>Lima</i>, to +be forwarded from thence to <i>Panama</i>, and that +they kept together, being Ships of Force, to protect +one another; how they did it we soon saw +the Effects of. +</p> + +<p>Upon this Intelligence we were very joyful, +and assur’d the Master, that if we found it so, +we would give him his Vessel again, and all his +Goods, except his Money, as for That, we told him, +such People as we never return’d it any Body: +However, the Man’s Intelligence prov’d good, for +the very next Day, as we were standing South-West, +our <i>Spanish</i> Colours being out, as above, we spy’d one +of the Ships, and soon after the other; we found +they had discover’d us also, and that being doubtful +what to make of us, they tack’d and stood +Eastward to get nearer the Land; we did the +like, and as we found there was no letting them +go that Way but that we should be sure to lose +them, we soon let them know that we were resolv’d +to speak with them. +</p> + +<p>The biggest Ship, which was three Leagues +a-Stern of the other, crowded in for the Shore with +all the Sail, she could make, and it was easy for +us to see that she would escape us; for as she was a +<!-- page 020 --> +great deal farther in with the Land than the other +when we first gave Chace, so in about three Hours +we saw the Land plain a-Head of us, and that the +great Ship would get into Port before we could +reach her. +</p> + +<p>Upon this we stretch’d a-Head with all the Sail +we could make, and the Sloop, which crowded also +very hard, and out-went us, engag’d the small +Ship at least an Hour before we could come up: +But she could make little of it, for the <i>Spanish</i> +Ship having 12 Guns and 6 Patereroes, would +have been too many for the Sloop if we had +not come up: However, at length, our biggest +Ship came up also, and, running up under her Quarter, +gave her our whole Broadside; at which she +struck immediately, and the <i>Spaniards</i> cry’d, <i>Quarter</i>, +and <i>Miserecordia</i>; Upon this, our Sloop’s Men +enter’d her presently, and secur’d her. +</p> + +<p>In the Beginning oft his Action, it seems, our +<i>Redhand</i> Captain was so provok’d at losing the +greater Prize, which, as he thought, had all the +Money on Board, that he swore he would not +spare one of the Dogs, (so he call’d the <i>Spaniards</i> +in the other Ship) but he was prevented; and it +was very happy for the <i>Spaniards</i>, that the first +Shot the Ship made towards us, just as we were +running up to pour in our Broadside, I say, the +first Shot took Captain <i>Redhand</i> full on the Breast, +and shot his Head and one Shoulder off, so that +he never spoke more, nor did I find that any one +Man in the Ship shew’d the least Concern for him; +so certain it is, that Cruelty never recommends +any Man among <i>Englishmen</i>; no, tho’ they have +no Share in the suffering under it; but one said, +D—n him, let him go, he was a butcherly Dog; +another said, D—n him, he was a merciless +<!-- page 021 --> +Son of a B—ch; another said, he was a barbarous +Dog, and the like. +</p> + +<p>But to return to the Prize, being now as certain +of the smaller Prize as that we had miss’d +the great one, we began to examine what we had +got; and it is not easy to give an exact Account +of the prodigious Variety of Things we found: +In the first Place, were 116 Chests of Pieces of +Eight in Specie, 72 Bars of Silver, 15 Bags of +wrought Plate, which a Fryer that was on Board +would have perswaded us, for the Sake of the +Blessed Virgin, to have return’d, being, as he said, +consecrated Plate to the Honour of the holy +Church, the Virgin <i>Mary</i>, and St. <i>Martin</i>; but, as +it happen’d, he could not perswade us to it; also +we found about 60000 Ounces of Gold, some in +little Wedges, some in Dust. We found several +other Things of Value, but not to be nam’d with +the rest. +</p> + +<p>Being thus made surprisingly rich, we began +to think what Course we should steer next; for as +the great Ship, which was escap’d, would certainly +alarm the Country, we might be sure we +should meet with no more Purchase at Sea, and +we were not very fond of landing, to attack any +Town on Shore. In this Consultation ’tis to be +observ’d, that I was, by the unanimous Consent +of all the Crew, made Captain of the great Ship, +and of the whole Crew; the whole Voyage hither, +and every Part of it, having, for some Time +before, been chiefly manag’d by my Direction, or +at least by my Advice. +</p> + +<p>The first Thing I propos’d to them all, was, +seeing we had met with such good Luck, and that +we could not expect much more, and if we stay’d +longer in these Seas, should find it very hard to +<!-- page 022 --> +revictual our Ships, and might have our Retreat +cut off by <i>Spanish</i> Men of war; (five of which we +heard were sent out after the other Buccaneers) +we should make the best of our Way to the South, +and get about into the North Seas, where we +were out of all Danger. +</p> + +<p>In Consequence of this Advice, which was generally +approv’d, we stood away directly South; and +the Wind blowing pretty fair at N. N. E. a merry +Gale, we stood directly for the Isle of <i>Juan Fernando</i>, +carrying our rich Prize with us. +</p> + +<p>We arriv’d here the Beginning of <i>June</i>, having +been just six Months in those Seas. We were surpriz’d, +when coming to the Island, we found two +Ships at an Anchor close under the Lee of the +Rocks, and two little Periaguas farther in, near +the Shore; but being resolv’d to see what they +were, we found, to our Satisfaction, they were the +Buccaneers of whom I have spoken above: The +Story is too long to enter upon here; but in short, +without Guns, without Ship, and only coming +over Land with their Fusees in their Hands, they +had rang’d these Seas, had taken several Prizes, +and some pretty rich, and had got two pretty +handsome Barks, one carry’d six Guns, and the +other four; they had shar’d, as they told us, about +400 Pieces of Eight a Man, besides one Thing +they had which we were willing to buy of them; +they had about 100 Jarrs of Gunpowder, which +they took out of a Store Ship going to <i>Lima</i>. +</p> + +<p>If we was glad to meet them, you may be sure +they were glad to meet with us, and so we began +to sort together as one Company, only they +were loth to give over and return, as we were +and which we had now resolv’d on. +</p> +<!-- page 023 --> + +<p>We were so rich ourselves, and so fully satisfy’d +with what we had taken, that we began to be +bountiful to our Countrymen; and indeed they +dealt so generously with us, that we could not +but be inclin’d to do them some Good, for when +we talk’d of buying their Gunpowder, they very +frankly gave us 50 Jarrs of it <i>gratis</i>. +</p> + +<p>I took this so kindly, that I call’d a little +Council among ourselves, and propos’d to send the +poor Rogues 50 Barrels of our Beef, which we +could very well spare; and our Company agreeing +to it, we did so, which made their Hearts +glad; for it was very good, and they had not +tasted good Salt-beef for a long Time; and with +it we sent them two Hogsheads of Rum: This +made them so hearty to us, that they sent two +of their Company to compliment us, to offer to +enter themselves on Board us, and to go with us +all the World over. +</p> + +<p>We did not so readily agree to this at first, +because we had no new Enterprize<a id="corr-1"></a> in View; but +however, as they sent us Word they had chosen +me so unanimously for their Captain, I propos’d +to our Men to remove ourselves, and all our +Goods, into the great Ship and the Sloop, and so +take the honest Fellows into the Fregat, which +now had no less than 22 Guns, and would hold +them all, and then they might sail with us, or +go upon any Adventures of their own, as we +should agree. +</p> + +<p>Accordingly we did so, and gave them that +Ship, with all her Guns and Ammunition, but +made one of our own Men Captain, which they +consented to, and so we became all one Body. +</p> +<!-- page 024 --> + +<p>Here also we shar’d our Booty, which was great +indeed to a Profusion; and as keeping such a Treasure +in every Man’s particular private Possession, +would have occasion’d Gaming, Quarrelling, and +perhaps Thieving and Pilfering, I order’d that so +many small Chests should be made as there were +Men in the Ship, and every Man’s Treasure was +nail’d up in these Chests, and the Chests all stow’d +in the Hold, with every Man’s Name upon his +Chest, not to be touch’d but by general Order, +and to prevent Gaming, I prevail’d with them to +make a Law or Agreement, and everyone to set +their Hands to it; by which they agreed, That +if any Man play’d for any more Money than he +had in his Keeping, the Winner should not be +paid whatever the Loser run in Debt, but the +Chest containing every Man’s Dividend, should +be all his own, to be deliver’d whole to him; +and the Offender, whenever he left the Ship, if +he would pay any Gaming Debts afterward, +that was another Case; but such Debts should +never be paid while he continu’d in that Company. +</p> + +<p>By this Means also we secur’d the Ship’s Crew +keeping together; for if any Man left the Ship +now, he was sure to leave about 6000 Pieces of +Eight behind him, to be shar’d among the rest of +the Ship’s Company, which few of them car’d +to do. +</p> + +<p>As we were now all embark’d together, the +next Question was, Whither we should go? As +for our Crew, we were so rich, that our Men were +all for going back again, and so to make off to +some of the <i>Leeward Islands</i>, that we might get +a-Shore privately with our Booty: But as we had +shipp’d our new Comrades on Board a good Ship, +<!-- page 025 --> +it would be very hard to oblige them to go back +without any Purchace, for that would be to give +them a Ship to do them no Good, but to carry +them back to <i>Europe</i> just as they came out from +thence, <i>viz.</i> with no Money in their Pockets. +</p> + +<p>Upon these Considerations we came to this +Resolution, That they should go out to Sea and +Cruise the Height of <i>Lima</i>, and try their Fortune, +and that we would stay 60 Days for them +at <i>Juan Fernando</i>. +</p> + +<p>Upon this Agreement they went away very +joyful, and we fell to work to new rig our Ship, +mending our Sails, and cleaning our Bottom. +Here we employ’d ourselves a Month very hard +at Work; our Carpenters also took down some of +the Ship’s upper Work, and built it, as we +thought, more to the Advantage of Sailing; so +that we had more Room within, and yet did +not lie so high. +</p> + +<p>During this Time we had a Tent set up on +Shore, and 50 of our Men employ’d themselves +wholly in killing Goats and Fowls for our fresh +Provisions; and one of our Men understanding we +had some Malt left on Board the Ship, which +was taken in one of the Prizes, set up a great +Kettle on Shore, and went to work to Brewing, +and, to our great Satisfaction, brew’d us some very +good Beer; but we wanted Bottles to keep it +in, after it had stood a while in the Cask. +</p> + +<p>However, he brew’d us very good Small Beer, +for present Use; and instead of Hops he found +some wild Wormwood growing on the Island, +which gave it no unpleasant Taste, and made it +very agreeable to us. +</p> +<!-- page 026 --> + +<p>Before the Time was expir’d, our Frigat sent a +Sloop to us, which they had taken, to give us +Notice that they were in a small Creek near the +Mould of the River <i>Guyaquil</i>, on the Coast of <i>Peru</i>, +in the Latitude of 22 Degrees. They had a +great Booty in View, there being two Ships in the +River of <i>Guyaquil</i>, and two more expected to pass +by from <i>Lima</i>, in which was a great Quantity of +Plate; that they waited there for them, and begg’d +we would not think the Time long; but that if we +should go away, they desir’d that we would fix up +a Post, with a Piece of Lead on it, signifying where +they should come to us, and wherever it was, +East or West, North or South, they would follow +us with all the Sail they could make. +</p> + +<p>A little while after this, they sent another +Sloop, which they had taken also; and she brought +a vast Treasure in Silver and very rich Goods, +which they had got in plundering a Town on the +Continent; and they order’d the Sloop to wait +for them at the Island where we lay, till their +Return: But they were so eager in the Pursuit of +their Game, that they could not think of coming +back yet, neither could we blame them, they +having such great Things in View: So we resolv’d, +in Pursuit of our former Resolution, to be +gone; and after several Consultations among our +selves in what Part of the World we should pitch +our Tent, we broke up at first without any +Conclusion. +</p> + +<p>We were all of the Opinion, that our Treasure +was so great, that wherever we went, we +should be a Prey to the Government of that Place; +that it was impossible to go all on Shore, and +be conceal’d; and that we should be so jealous of +one another, that we should certainly betray one +<!-- page 027 --> +another, everyone for fear of his Fellow, that is to +say, for fear the other should tell first. Some therefore +propos’d our going about the South Point of Cape +<i>Horne</i>, and that then, going away to the Gulph of +<i>Mexico</i>, we should go on Shore at the Bay of <i>Campeachy</i>, +and from thence disperse ourselves as well +as we could, and every one go his own Way. +</p> + +<p>I was willing enough to have gone thither, because +of the Treasure I had left there under +Ground; but still I concluded we were (as I have +said) too rich to go on Shore any where to separate, +for every Man of us had too much Wealth +to carry about us; and if we separated, the first +Number of Men any of us should meet with, that +were strong enough to do it, would take it from +us, and so we should but just expose ourselves to +be murder’d for that Money we had gotten at so +much Hazard. +</p> + +<p>Some propos’d then our going to the Coast of +<i>Virgina</i>, and go some on Shore in one Place, and +some in another privately, and so travelling to +the Sea-Ports where there were most People, we +might be conceal’d, and by Degrees reduce our +selves to a private Capacity, every one shifting +Home as well as they could. This I acknowledge +might be done, if we were sure none of us would +be false one to another; but while Tales might +be told, and the Teller of the Tale was sure to +save his own Life and Treasure, and make his +Peace at the Expence of his Comrade’s, there was +no Safety; and they might be sure, that as the +Money would render them suspected wherever +they came, so they would be examin’d, and what +by faltering in their Story, and by being cross-examin’d, +kept apart, and the one being made to +believe the other had betray’d him, and told all, +<!-- page 028 --> +when indeed he might have said nothing to hurt +him, the Truth of Fact would be dragg’d out by +Piece-meal, till they would certainly at last come +to the Gallows. +</p> + +<p>These Objections were equally just, to what +Nation or Place soever we could think of going: +So that upon the whole, we concluded there was +no Safety for us but by keeping all together, and +going to some Part of the World where we +might be strong enough to defend ourselves, or +be so conceal’d till we might find out some Way +of Escape that we might not now be so well +able to think of. +</p> + +<p>In the Middle of all these Consultations, in +which I freely own I was at a Loss, and could +not tell which Way to advise, an old Sailor stood +up, and told us, if we would be advis’d by him, +there was a Part of the World where he had +been, where we might all settle ourselves undisturb’d, +and live very comfortably and plentifully, +till we could find out some Way how to +dispose of ourselves better; and that we might +easily be strong enough for the Inhabitants, who +would at first, perhaps, attack us, but that afterwards +they would sort very well with us, and +supply us with all Sorts of Provisions very plentifully; +and this was the Island of <i>Madagascar</i>: +He told us we might live very well there. He +gave us a large Account of the Country, the Climate, +the People, the Plenty of Provisions which +was to be had there, especially of black Cattle, +of which, he said, there was an infinite Number, +and consequently a Plenty of Milk, of which so +many other Things was made: In a Word, he +read us so many Lectures upon the Goodness of +the Place, and the Conveniency of living there, +<!-- page 029 --> +that we were, one and all, eager to go thither, +and concluded upon it. +</p> + +<p>Accordingly, having little left to do, (for we +had been in a sailing Posture some Weeks) we left +word with the Officer who commanded the Sloop, +and with all his Men, that they should come +after us to <i>Madagascar</i>; and our Men were not +wanting to let them know all our Reasons for +going thither, as well as the Difficulties we found +of going any where else, which had so fully possess’d +them with the Hopes of farther Advantage, +that they promis’d for the rest that they would +all follow us. +</p> + +<p>However, as we all calculated the Length of +the Voyage, and that our Water, and perhaps +our Provisions might not hold out so far, but +especially our Water, we agreed, that having +pass’d Cape <i>Horn</i>, and got into the North Seas, +we would steer Northward up the East Shore of +<i>America</i> till we came to St. <i>Julien</i>, where we +would stay at least fourteen Days to take in Water, +and to store ourselves with Seals and Penguins, +which would greatly eek out our Ship’s +Stores; and that then we should cross the great +<i>Atlantick</i> Ocean in a milder Latitude than if we +went directly, and stood immediately over from +the Passage about the Cape, which must be, at +least, in 55 or 56, and perhaps, as the Weather +might be, would be in the Latitude of 60 or 61. +</p> + +<p>With this Resolution, and under these Measures, +we set Sail from the Island of St. <i>Juan +Fernando</i> the 23d of <i>September</i>, (being the same +there as our <i>March</i> is here) and keeping the Coast +of <i>Chili</i> on Board, had good Weather for about a +Fortnight, [<i>Octob.</i> 14.] till we came into the Latitude +<!-- page 030 --> +of 44 Degrees South; when finding the Wind +come squally off the Shore from among the +Mountains, we were oblig’d to keep farther out at +Sea, where the Winds were less uncertain; and +some Calms we met with, till about the Middle of +<i>October</i>, [16.] when the Wind springing up at N. +N. W. a pretty moderate Gale, we jogg’d S. E. +and S. S. E. till we came into the Latitude of +55 Degrees; and the 16th of <i>November</i>, found our +selves in 59 Degrees, the Weather exceeding cold +and severe. But the Wind holding fair, we held +in with the Land, and steering E. S. E. we held +that Course till we thought ourselves entirely clear +of the Land, and enter’d into the North Sea, or +<i>Atlantick Ocean</i>; and then changing our Course, +we steer’d N. and N. N. E. but the Wind blowing +still at N. N. W. a pretty stiff Gale, we could +make nothing of it till we made the Land in the +Latitude of 52 Degrees; and when we came close +under Shore, we found the Winds variable; so we +made still N. under the Lee of the Shore, and +made the Point of St. <i>Julien</i> the 13th of November, +having been a Year and seven Days since we +parted from thence on our Voyage Outwardbound. +</p> + +<p>Here we rested ourselves, took in fresh Water, +and began to kill Seals and Fowls of several Sorts, +but especially Penguins, which this Place is noted +for; and here we stay’d, in Hopes our Fregate +would arrive, but we heard no News of her; so, at +Parting, we set up a Post, with this Inscription, +done on a Plate of Lead, with our Names upon +the Lead, and these Words; +</p> + +<p class="center"><i>Gone to Madagascar</i>, <i>December</i> 10, 1692. +</p> + +<p class="noindent">(Being in that Latitude the longest Day in the +Year;) and I doubt not but the Post may stand +there still. +</p> +<!-- page 031 --> + +<p>From hence we launch’d out into the vast <i>Atlantick +Ocean</i>, steering our Coast E. by N. and E. +N. E. till we had sail’d, by our Account, about +470 Leagues, taking our Meridian Distance, or +Departure, from St. <i>Julian</i>. And here a strong Gale +springing up at S. E. by E. and E. S. E. encreasing +afterwards to a violent Storm, we were forc’d by +it to the Norward, as high as the <i>Tropick</i>; not +that it blew a Storm all the while, but it blew +so steady, and so very hard, for near 20 Days +together, that we were carry’d quite out of our intended +Course: After we had weather’d this, we began +to recover ourselves again, making still East; +and endeavouring to get to the Southward, we had +yet another hard Gale of Wind at S. and S. S. E. so +strong, that we could make nothing of it at all; +whereupon it was resolv’d, if we could, to make the +Island of St. <i>Helena</i>, which in about three Weeks +more we very happily came to, on the 17th of +<i>January</i>. +</p> + +<p>It was to our great Satisfaction that we found +no Ships at all here, and we resolv’d not by any +Means to let the Governor on Shore know our +Ship’s Name, or any of our Officers Names; and +I believe our Men were very true to one another +in that Point, but they were not at all shy of +letting them know upon what Account we +were, <i>&c.</i> so that if he could have gotten any +of us in his Power, as we were afterwards told +he endeavour’d by two or three Ambuscades +to do, we should have pass’d our Time but very +indifferently; for which, when we went away, +we let him know we would not have fail’d to +have beat his little Port about his Ears. +</p> + +<p>We stay’d no longer here than just serv’d to refresh +ourselves, and supply our Want of fresh +<!-- page 032 --> +Water; the Wind presenting fair, <i>Feb.</i> 2. 1692, we +set Sail, and (not to trouble my Story with the Particulars +of the Voyage, in which nothing remarkable +occur’d) we doubled the Cape the 13th of <i>March</i>, +and passing on without coming to an Anchor, or +discovering ourselves, we made directly to the +Island of <i>Madagascar</i>, where we arriv’d the 7th of +<i>April</i>; the Sloop, to our particular Satisfaction, +keeping in Company all the Way, and bearing the +Sea as well as our Ship upon all Occasions. +</p> + +<p>To this Time I had met with nothing but good +Fortune; Success answer’d every Attempt, and +follow’d every Undertaking, and we scarce knew +what it was to be disappointed; but we had an +Interval of our Fortunes to meet with in this +Place: We arriv’d, as above, at the Island on the +13th of <i>March</i>, but we did not care to make the +South Part of the Island our Retreat; nor was it +a proper Place for our Business, which was to +take Possession of a private secure Place to make +a Refuge of: So after staying some Time where +we put in, which was on the Point of Land a +little to the South of Cape St.<i> Augustine</i>, and +taking in Water and Provisions there, we stood +away to the North, and keeping the Island in +View, went on till we came to the Latitude of +14 Degrees: Here we met with a very terrible +Tornado, or <i>Hurricane</i>, which, after we had beat +the Sea as long as we could, oblig’d us to run directly +for the Shore to save our Lives as well as +we could, in Hopes of finding some Harbour or +Bay where we might run in, or at least might go +into smooth Water till the Storm was over. +</p> + +<p>The Sloop was more put to it than we were +in the great Ship, and being oblig’d to run afore +it, a little sooner than we did, she serv’d for a +<!-- page 033 --> +Pilot-Boat to us which follow’d; in a Word, she run +in under the Lee of a great Head-land, which +jetted far out into the Sea, and stood very high +also, and came to an Anchor in three Fathom and +a half Water: We follow’d her, but not with the +same good Luck, tho’ we came to an Anchor too, as +we thought, safe enough; but the Sea going very +high, our Anchor came Home in the Night, and +we drove on Shore in the Dark among the Rocks, +in spight of all we were able to do. +</p> + +<p>Thus we lost the most fortunate Ship that ever +Man sail’d with; however, making Signals of +Distress to the Sloop, and by the Assistance of our +own Boat, we sav’d our Lives; and the Storm +abating in the Morning, we had Time to save +many Things, particularly our Guns, and most of +our Ammunition; and, which was more than all +the rest, we sav’d our Treasure: Tho’ I mention +the saving our Guns first, yet they were the last +Things we sav’d, being oblig’d to break the upper +Deck of the Ship up for them. +</p> + +<p>Being thus got on Shore, and having built us +some Huts for our Conveniency, we had nothing +before us but a View of fixing our Habitations in +the Country; for tho’ we had the Sloop, we could +propose little Advantage by her; for as to cruising +for Booty among the <i>Arabians</i> or <i>Indians</i>, we had +neither Room, for it or Inclination to it; and as +for attacking any <i>European</i> Ship, the Sloop was +in no Condition to do it, tho’ we had all been +on Board; for every Body knows that all the Ships +trading from <i>Europe</i> to the <i>East-Indies</i>, were Ships +of Force, and too strong for us; so that, in short, we +had nothing in View for several Months but how +to settle ourselves here, and live as comfortably +<!-- page 034 --> +and as well as we could, till something or other +might offer for our Deliverance. +</p> + +<p>In this Condition we remain’d on Shore above +eight Months, during which Time we built us a +little Town, and fortify’d it by the Direction of +one of our Gunners, who was a very good Engineer, +in a very clever and regular Manner, +placing a very strong double Palisado round the +Foot of our Works, and a very large Ditch without +our Palisado, and a third Palisado beyond the +Ditch, like a Counterscarp or Cover’d-way; besides +this, we rais’d a large Battery next to the +Sea, with a Line of 24 Guns plac’d before it, and +thus we thought ourselves in a Condition to defend +ourselves against any Force that could attempt +us in that Part of the World. +</p> + +<p>And besides all this, the Place on which our +Habitation was built, being an Island, there was +no coming easily at us by Land. +</p> + +<p>But I was far from being easy in this Situation +of our Affairs; so I made a Proposal to our Men +one Day, that tho’ we were well enough in our +Habitation, and wanted for nothing, yet since +we had a Sloop here, and a Boat so good as she +was, ’twas Pity she should lye and perish there, +but we should send her Abroad, and see what +might happen; that perhaps it might be our good +Luck to surprise some Ship or other for our Turn, +and so we might all go to Sea again: The Proposal +was well enough relish’d at first Word, but the +great Mischief of all was like to be this, That we +should all go together by the Ears upon the Question +who should go in her: My secret Design +was laid, that I was resolv’d to go in her myself, +and that she should not go without me; but when +<!-- page 035 --> +it began to be talk’d of, I discover’d the greatest +seeming Resolution not to stir, but to stay with +the rest, and take Care of the main Chance, that +was to say, the Money. +</p> + +<p>I found, when they saw that I did not propose +to go myself, the Men were much the easier; for +at first they began to think it was only a Project +of mine to run away from them; and so indeed it +was: However, as I did not at first propose to go my +self, so when I came to the Proposal of who should +go, I made a long Discourse to them of the Obligation +they had all to be faithful one to another, +and that those who went in the Sloop, +ought to consider themselves and those that were +with them to be but one Body with those who +were left behind; that their whole Concern ought +to be to get some good Ship to fetch them off: +At last, I concluded, with a Proposal, that who +ever went in the Sloop, should leave his Money +behind in the common Keeping, as it was before; +to remain as a Pledge for his faithful performing +the Voyage, and coming back again to the Company; +and should faithfully swear that wherever +they went, (for as to the Voyage, they were at +full Liberty to go whither they would) they +would certainly endeavour to get back to <i>Madagascar</i>; +and that if they were cast away, stranded, +taken, or whatever befel them, they should never +rest till they got to <i>Madagascar</i>, if it was possible. +</p> + +<p>They all came most readily into this Proposal, +for those who should go into the Sloop, but with +this Alteration in them, (which was easy to be +seen in their Countenances) <i>viz.</i> that from that +Minute there was no striving who should go, +but every Man was willing to stay where they +<!-- page 036 --> +were: This was what I wanted, and I let it rest +for two or three Days; when I took Occasion to tell +them, that seeing they all were sensible that it +was a very good Proposal to send the Sloop out +to Sea, and see what they could do for us, I +thought it was strange they should so generally +shew themselves backward to the Service for fear +of parting from their Money; I told them that +no Man need be afraid, that the whole Body +should agree to take his Money from him without +any pretended Offence, much less when he +should be Abroad for their Service: But however, +as it was my Proposal, and I was always willing +to hazard myself for the Good of them all, so I +was ready to go on the Conditions I had propos’d +to them for others, and I was not afraid to flatter +myself with serving them so well Abroad, that +they should not grudge to restore me my Share of +Money when I came Home, and the like of all +those that went with me. +</p> + +<p>This was so seasonably spoken, and humour’d +so well, that it answer’d my Design effectually, +and I was voted to go <i>nemine contradicente</i>; then +I desir’d they would either draw Lots for who +and who should go with me, or leave it in my +absolute Choice to pick and cull my Men: They +had for some Time agreed to the first; and forty +Blanks were made for those to whose Lot it +should come to draw a Blank to go in the Sloop; +but then it was said, this might neither be a fair +nor an effectual Choice; for Example, if the needful +Number of Officers, and of particular Occupations, +should not happen to be lotted out, the +Sloop might be oblig’d to go out to Sea without +a Surgeon, or without a Carpenter, or without a +Cook, and the like: So, upon second Thoughts, +it was left to me to name my Men; so I chose +<!-- page 037 --> +me out forty stout Fellows, and among them +several who were trusty bold Men, fit for any +thing. +</p> + +<p>Being thus Mann’d, the Sloop rigg’d, and having +clear’d her Bottom, and laid in Provisions enough +for a long Voyage, we set Sail the 3d of <i>January</i> +1694, for the <i>Cape of Good Hope</i>. We very honestly +left our Money, as I said, behind us, only +that we had about the Value of 2000 Pound +in Pieces of Eight allow’d us on Board for any +Exigence that might happen at Sea. +</p> + +<p>We made no Stop at the <i>Cape</i>, or at St. <i>Helena</i>, +tho’ we pass’d in Sight of it, but stood over to the +<i>Caribbee</i> Islands directly, and made the Island of +<i>Tobago</i> the 18th of <i>February</i>, where we took in +fresh Water, which we stood in great Need of, as +you may judge by the Length of the Voyage. We +sought no Purchase, for I had fully convinc’d our +Men, that our Business was not to appear, as we +were used to be, upon the Cruise, but as Traders; +and to that End I propos’d to go away to the Bay +of <i>Campeachy</i>, and load Logwood, under the Pretence +of selling of which we might go any where. +</p> + +<p>It is true, I had another Design here, which +was to recover the Money which my Comrade +and I had bury’d there; and having the Man on +Board with me to whom I had communicated my +Design, we found an Opportunity to come at our +Money with Privacy enough, having so conceal’d +it, as that it would have lain there to the general +Conflagration, if we had not come for it our +selves. +</p> + +<p>My next Resolution was to go for <i>England</i>, only +that I had too many Men, and did not know +<!-- page 038 --> +what to do with them: I told them we could never +pretend to go with a Sloop loaden with Logwood +to any Place, with 40 Men on Board, but +we should be discover’d; but if they would resolve +to put 15 or 16 Men on Shore as private +Seamen, the rest might do well enough; and if +they thought it hard to be set on Shore, I was +content to be one, only that I thought it was very +reasonable that whoever went on Shore should +have some Money given them, and that all +should agree to rendezvous in <i>England</i>, and so +make the best of our Way thither, and there perhaps +we might get a good Ship to go fetch off our +Comrades and our Money. With this Resolution, +sixteen of our Men had three hundred Pieces +of Eight a Man given them, and they went off +thus; the Sloop stood away North, thro’ the Gulph +of <i>Florida</i>, keeping under the Shore of <i>Carolina</i> and +<i>Virginia</i>; so our Men dropp’d off as if they had deserted +the Ship; three of the sixteen run away there, +five more went off at Virginia, three at <i>New York</i>, +three at <i>Road Island</i>, and myself and one more at +<i>New England</i>; and so the Sloop went away for <i>England</i> +with the rest. I got all my Money on Shore +with me, and conceal’d it as well as I could; some +I got Bills for, some I bought Molosses with, and +turn’d the rest into Gold; and dressing myself +not as a common Sailor, but as a Master of a +Ketch, which I had lost in the Bay of <i>Campeachy</i>, +I got Passage on Board one Captain <i>Guillame</i>, +a <i>New England</i> Captain, whose Owner was one +Mr. <i>Johnson</i> a Merchant, living at <i>Hackney</i>, near +<i>London</i>. +</p> + +<p>Being at <i>London</i>, it was but a very few Months +before several of us met again, as I have said we +agreed to do. And being true to our first Design +of going back to our Comrades, we had several +<!-- page 039 --> +close Conferences about the Manner and Figure in +which we should make the Attempt, and we had +some very great Difficulties appear’d in our Way: +First, to have fitted up a small Vessel, it would +be of no Service to us, but be the same Thing as +the Sloop we came in; and if we pretended to a +great Ship, our Money would not hold out; so we +were quite at a Stand in our Councils what to do, +or what Course to take, till at length our Money +still wasting, we grew less able to execute any +Thing we should project. +</p> + +<p>This made us all desperate; when as desperate +Distempers call for desperate Cures, I started a +Proposal which pleas’d them all, and this was, +that I would endeavour among my Acquaintance, +and with what Money I had left, (which was still +sixteen or seventeen hundred Pound) to get the +Command of a good Ship, bearing a quarter +Part, or thereabout, myself; and so having gat +into the Ship, and got a Freight, the rest of our +Gang should all enter on Board as Seamen, and +whatever Voyage we went, or wheresoever we +were bound, we would run away with the Ship +and all the Goods, and so go to our Friends as we +had promis’d. +</p> + +<p>I made several Attempts of this Kind, and once +bought a very good Ship, call’d, <i>The Griffin</i>, of one +<i>Snelgrove</i> a Shipwright, and engag’d the Persons +concern’d to hold a Share in her and fit her out, on +a Voyage for <i>Leghorn</i> and <i>Venice</i>; when it was very +probable the Cargo, to be shipp’d on Board casually +by the Merchant, would be very rich; but +Providence, and the good Fortune of the Owner +prevented this Bargain, for without any Objection +against me, or Discovery of my Design in the least, +he told me afterwards his Wife had an ugly Dream +<!-- page 040 --> +or two about the Ship; once, that it was set on +Fire by Lightning, and he had lost all he had in +it; another Time, that the Men had mutiny’d +and conspir’d to kill him; and that his Wife was +so averse to his being concern’d in it, that it had +always been an unlucky Ship, and that therefore +his Mind was chang’d; that he would sell the +whole Ship, if I would, but he would not hold +any Part of it himself. +</p> + +<p>Tho’ I was very much disappointed at this, yet +I put a very good Face upon it, and told him, I +was very glad to hear him tell me the Particulars +of his Dissatisfaction; for if there was any +Thing in Dreams, and his Wife’s Dream had any +Signification at all, it seem’d to concern me (more +than him) who was to go the Voyage, and command +the Ship; and whether the Ship was to be +burnt, or the Men to mutiny, tho’ Part of the +Loss might be his, who was to stay on Shore, all +the Danger was to be mine, who was to be at Sea +in her; and then, as he had said, she had been +an unlucky Ship to him, it was very likely she +would be so to me; and therefore I thank’d him +for the Discovery, and told him I would not +meddle with her. +</p> + +<p>The Man was uneasy, and began to waver in +his Resolution, and had it not been for the continu’d +Importunities of his Wife, I believe would +have come on again; for People generally encline +to a Thing that is rejected, when they would reject +the same Thing when profer’d: But I knew +it was not my Business to let myself be blow’d +upon, so I kept to my Resolution, and wholly +declin’d that Affair, on Pretence of its having got +an ill Name for an unlucky Ship; and that Name +stuck so to her, that the Owners could never sell +<!-- page 041 --> +her, and, as I have been inform’d since, were +oblig’d to break her up at last. +</p> + +<p>It was a great while I spent with hunting +after a Ship, but was every Way disappointed, +till Money grew short, and the Number of my +Men lessen’d apace, and at last we were reduc’d +to seven, when an Opportunity happen’d in my +Way to go Chief-Mate on Board a stout Ship +bound from <i>London</i> to . . . . . . +</p> + +<p>[<i>N. B. In Things so modern, it is no Way convenient +to write to you particular Circumstances and Names of +Persons, Ships, or Places, because those Things being +in themselves criminal, may be call’d up in Question in a +judicial Way; and therefore I warn the Reader to observe, +that not only all the Names are omitted, but even +the Scene of Action in this criminal Part, is not laid exactly +as Things were acted; least I should give Justice +a Clew to unravel my Story by, which no Body will +blame me for avoiding.</i>] +</p> + +<p>It is enough to tell the Reader, that being put +out to Sea, and being for Conveniency of Wind and +Weather come to an Anchor on the Coast of <i>Spain</i>, +my seven Companions having resolv’d upon our +Measures, and having brought three more of the +Men to confederate with us, we took up Arms +in the middle of the Night, secur’d the Captain, +the Gunner, and the Carpenter, and after that, all +the rest of the Men, and declar’d our Intention: +The Captain and nine Men refus’d to come into +our projected Roguery, (for we gave them their +Choice to go with us, or go on Shore) so we put +them on Shore very civilly, gave the Master his +Books, and every Thing he could carry with +him; and all the rest of the Men agreed to go +along with us. +</p> +<!-- page 042 --> + +<p>As I had resolv’d, before I went on Board, upon +what I purpos’d to do, so I had laid out all the +Money I had left in such Things as I knew I +should want, and had caus’d one of my Men to +pretend he was going to ——— to build or buy +a Ship there, and that he wanted Freight for a +great deal of Cordage, Anchors, eight Guns, Powder +and Ball, with about 20 Tun of Lead and +other bulky Goods, which were all put on Board +as Merchandize. +</p> + +<p>We had not abundance of Bail Goods on Board, +which I was glad of; not that I made any Conscience +or Scruple of carrying them away, if the +Ship had been full of them; but we had no Market +for them: Our first Business was to get a +larger Store of Provision on Board than we had, +our Voyage being long; and having acquainted +the Men with our Design, and promis’d the new +Men a Share of the Wealth we had there, which +made them very hearty to us, we set Sail: We +took in some Beef and Fish, at ——— where we +lay fifteen Days, but out of all Reach of the Castle +or Fort; and having done our Business, sail’d +away for the <i>Canaries</i>, where we took in some +Butts of Wine, and some fresh Water: With the +Guns the Ship had, and those eight I had put on +Board as Merchandize, we had then two and thirty +Guns mounted, bur were but slenderly Mann’d, +tho’ we gat four <i>English</i> Seamen at the <i>Canaries</i>; +but we made up the Loss at <i>Fiall</i>, where we made +bold with three <i>English</i> Ships we found, and partly +by fair Means, and partly by Force, shipp’d twelve +Men there; after which, without any farther +Stop for Men or Stores, we kept the Coast of +<i>Africa</i> on Board ’till we pass’d the Line, and then +stood off to St. <i>Helena</i>. +</p> +<!-- page 043 --> + +<p>Here we took in fresh Water, and some fresh +Provisions, and went directly for the <i>Cape of Good +Hope</i>, which we pass’d, stopping only to fill about +22 Butts of Water, and with a fair Gale +enter’d the Sea of <i>Madagascar</i>, and sailing up the +West Shore, between the Island and the Coast of +<i>Africa</i>, came to an Anchor over against our Settlement, +about two Leagues Distance, and made +the Signal of our Arrival, with firing twice seven +Guns at the Distance of a Two-Minute Glass between +the Seven; when, to our infinite Joy, the +Fort answer’d us, and the Long-boat, the same +that belong’d to our former Ship, came off to +us. +</p> + +<p>We embrac’d one another with inexpressible +Joy, and the next Morning I went on Shore, and +our Men brought our Ship safe into Harbour, +lying within the Defence of our Platform, and +within two Cables length of the Shore, good soft +Ground, and in eleven Fathom Water, having +been three Months and eighteen Days on the +Voyage, and almost three Years absent from the +Place. +</p> + +<p>When I came to look about me here, I found +our Men had encreas’d their Number, and that a +Vessel which had been cruising, that is to say, Pirating +on the Coast of <i>Arabia</i>, having seven +<i>Dutchmen</i>, three <i>Portuguese</i>, and five <i>Englishmen</i> on +Board, had been cast away upon the Northern +Shore of that Island, and had been taken up and +reliev’d by our Men, and liv’d among them. They +told us also of another Crew of <i>European</i> Sailors, +which lay, as we did, on the Main of the Island, +and had lost their Ship and were, as the Islanders +told them, above a hundred Men, but we heard +nothing who they were. +</p> +<!-- page 044 --> + +<p>Some of our Men were dead in the mean Time, +I think about three; and the first Thing I did +was to call a Muster, and see how Things stood +as to Money: I found the Men had been very +true to one another; there lay all the Money, in +Chests piled up as I left it, and every Man’s Money +having his Name upon it: Then acquainting +the rest with the Promise I had made the Men +that came with me, they all agreed to it; so +the Money belonging to the dead Men, and to the +rest of the forty Men who belong’d to the Sloop, +was divided among the Men I brought with me, +as well those who join’d at first, as those we took +in at the <i>Cape de Verd</i>, and the <i>Canaries</i>: And the +Bails of Goods which we found in the Ship, many +of which were valuable for our own Use, we agreed +to give them all to the fifteen Men mention’d +above, who had been sav’d by our Men, and so +to buy what we wanted of those Goods of them, +which made their Hearts glad also. +</p> + +<p>And now we began to consult what Course to +take in the World: As for going to <i>England</i>, +tho’ our Men had a great Mind to be there, yet +none of them knew how to get thither, notwithstanding +I had brought them a Ship; but I, who +had now made myself too publick to think any +more of <i>England</i>, had given over all Views that +Way, and began to cast about for farther Adventures; +for tho’, as I said, we were immensely rich +before, yet I abhorr’d lying still, and burying my +self alive, as I call’d it, among Savages and Barbarians; +besides, some of our Men were young in +the Trade, and had seen nothing; and they lay at +me every Day not to lie still in a Part of the World +where, as they said, such vast Riches might be +gain’d; and that the <i>Dutchmen</i> and <i>Englishmen</i> who +were cast away, as above, and who our Men +<!-- page 045 --> +call’d the <i>Comelings</i>, were continually buzzing in +my Ears what infinite Wealth was to be got, if I +would but make one voyage to the Coast of <i>Malabar</i>, +<i>Coromandel</i>, and the Bay of <i>Bengale</i>; nay, +the three <i>Portuguese</i> Seamen offer’d themselves to +attack and bring off one of their biggest Galleons, +even out of the Road of <i>Goa</i>, on the <i>Malabar</i> +Coast, the Capital of the <i>Portuguese</i> Factories in +the <i>Indies</i>. +</p> + +<p>In a Word, I was overcome with these new +Proposals, and told the rest of my People, I was +resolv’d to go to Sea again, and try my good Fortune; +I was sorry I had not another Ship or +two, but if ever it lay in my Power to master +a good Ship, I would not fail to bring her to +them. +</p> + +<p>While I was thus fitting out upon this new Undertaking, +and the Ship lay ready to Sail, and all +the Men who were design’d for the Voyage, were +on Board, being 85 in Number; among which +were all the Men I brought with me, the 15 +Comelings, and the rest made up out of our old +Number; I say, when I was just upon the Point +of setting Sail, we were all surpriz’d just in the +Grey of the Morning to spy a Sail at Sea; we +knew not what to make of her, but found she was +an <i>European</i> Ship; that she was not a very large +Vessel, yet that she was a Ship of Force too: She +seem’d to shorten Sail, as if she look’d out for +some Harbour; at first Sight I thought she was +<i>English</i>; immediately I resolv’d to slip Anchor and +Cable and go out to Sea and speak with her, if +I could, let her be what she would: As soon as I +was got a little clear of the Land, I fir’d a Gun, +and spread <i>English</i> Colours: She immediately +brought too, fir’d three Guns, and mann’d out her +<!-- page 046 --> +Boat with a Flag of Truce: I did the like, and +the two Boats spoke to one another in about two +Hours, when, to our infinite Joy, we found they +were our Comrades who we left in the South Seas, +and to whom we gave the Fregate at the Isle of +<i>Juan Fernando</i>. +</p> + +<p>Nothing of this Kind could have happen’d more +to our mutual Satisfaction, for tho’ we had long +ago given them over either for Lost, or Lost to +us; and we had no great Need of Company, yet +we were overjoy’d at meeting, and so were they +too. +</p> + +<p>They were in some Distress for Provisions, and +we had Plenty; so we brought their Ship in for +them, gave them a present Supply, and when +we had help’d them to moor and secure the Ship +in the Harbour, we made them lock all their +Hatches and Cabins up, and come on Shore, and +there we feasted them five or six Days, for we +had a Plenty of all Sorts of Provisions, not to be +exhausted; and if we had wanted an hundred Head +of fat Bullocks, we could have had them for asking +for of the Natives, who treated us all along +with all possible Courtesy and Freedom in their +Way. +</p> + +<p>The History of the Adventures and Success +of these Men, from the Time we left them +to the Time of their Arrival at our new Plantation, +was our whole Entertainment for some +Days. I cannot pretend to give the Particulars +by my Memory; but as they came to us <i>Thieves</i>, +they improv’d in their Calling to a great Degree, +and, next to ourselves, had the greatest Success of +any of the Buccaneers whose Story has ever been +made publick. +</p> +<!-- page 047 --> + +<p>I shall not take upon me to vouch the whole +Account of their Actions, neither will this Letter +contain a full History of their Adventures; but if +the Account which they gave us was true, you +may take it thus: +</p> + +<p>First, that having met with good Success after +they left us, and having taken some extraordinary +Purchase, as well in some Vessels they took at Sea, +as in the Plunder of some Towns on the Shore +near <i>Guyaquil</i>, as I have already told you, they +got Information of a large Ship which was loading +the King’s Money at <i>Puna</i>, and had Orders +to sail with it to <i>Lima</i>, in order to its being +carry’d from thence to <i>Panama</i> by the Fleet, under +the Convoy of the <i>Flotilla</i>, or Squadron of +Men of War, which the King’s Governor at <i>Panama</i> +had sent to prevent their being insulted by the +Pirates, which they had Intelligence were on the +Coast; by which, we suppose, they meant us who +were gone, for they could have no Notion of these +Men then. +</p> + +<p>Upon this Intelligence they cruis’d off and on +upon the Coast for near a Month, keeping always +to the Southward of <i>Lima</i>, because they would +not fall in the Way of the said <i>Flotilla</i>, and so +be overpower’d and miss of their Prize: At last +they met with what they look’d for, that is to +say, they met with the great Ship abovenam’d: +But to their great Misfortune and Disappointment, +(as they first thought it to be) she had with her +a Man of War for her Convoy, and two other +Merchant Ships in her Company. +</p> + +<p>The Buccaneers had with them the Sloop which +they first sent to us for our Intelligence, and +which they made a little Fregate of, carrying +<!-- page 048 --> +eight Guns, and some Patareroes: They had not +long Time to consult, but in short they resolv’d +to double man the Sloop, and let her attack the +great Merchant-Ship, while the Fregate, which +was the whole of their Fleet, held the Man of +War in Play, or at least kept him from assisting +her. +</p> + +<p>According to this Resolution, they put 50 Men +on Board the Sloop, which was, in short, almost +as many as would stand upon her Deck one by +another; and with this Force they attack’d the +great Merchant-Ship, which, besides its being well +mann’d, had 16 good Guns, and about 30 Men +on Board. While the Sloop thus began the unequal +Fight, the Man of War bore down upon her +to succour the Ship under her Convoy, but the +Fregate thrusting in between, engag’d the Man of +War, and began a very warm Fight with her, for +the Man of War had both more Guns and more +Men than the Fregate after she had parted with +50 Men on Board the Sloop: While the two Men +of War, as we may now call them, were thus engag’d, +the Sloop was in great Danger of being +worsted by the Merchant-Ship, for the Force was +too much for her, the Ship was great, and her +Men fought a desperate and close Fight: Twice +the Sloop-Men enter’d her, and were beaten off, +and about nine of their Men kill’d, several other +wounded, and an unlucky Shot taking the Sloop +between Wind and Water, she was oblig’d to fall +a-Stern, and heel her over to stop the Leek; +during which the <i>Spaniards</i> steer’d away to assist +the Man of War, and pour’d her Broadside in upon +the Fregate, which tho’ but small, yet at a +Time when she lay Yard-arm and Yard-arm close +by the Side of the <i>Spanish</i> Man of War, was a +great Extremity; however, the Fregate return’d +<!-- page 049 --> +her Broadside, and therewith made her sheer +off, and, which was worse, shot her Main-mast +thro’, tho’ it did not come presently by the +Board. +</p> + +<p>During this Time, the Sloop having many +Hands, had stopp’d the Leak, was brought to +rights again, and came up again to the Engagement, +and at the first Broadside had the good +Luck to bring the Ship’s Foremast by the Board, +and thereby disabled her; but could not for all +that lay her athwart, or carry her by Boarding, +so that the Case began to be very doubtful; at +which, the Captain of the Sloop, finding the Merchant +Ship was disabled, and could not get away +from them, resolv’d to leave her a while and +assist the Fregate; which he did, and running +a Longside our Fregate, he fairly laid the Man of +War on Board just thwart his Hawser; and besides +firing into her with his great Shot, he very +fairly set her on Fire; and it was a great +Chance but that they had been all three burnt +together, but our Men helpt the <i>Spaniards</i> themselves +to put out the Fire, and after some Time +master’d it: But the <i>Spaniards</i> were in such +a terrible Fright at the Apprehension of the Fire, +that they made little Resistance afterwards, and +in short, in about an Hour’s Fight more, the <i>Spanish</i> +Man of War struck, and was taken; and after +that the Merchant Ship also, with all the Wealth +that was in her: And thus their Victory was as +compleat as it was unexpected. +</p> + +<p>The Captain of the <i>Spanish</i> Man of War was kill’d +in the Fight, and about 36 of his Men, and most +of the rest wounded, which it seems happen’d +upon the Sloop’s lying athwart her. This Man +of War was a new Ship, and with some Alteration +<!-- page 050 --> +in her upper Work, made a very good Fregate +for them, and they afterwards quitted their +own Ship, and went all on Board the <i>Spanish</i> Ship, +taking out the Main-mast of their own Ship, and +making a new Fore-mast for the <i>Spanish</i> Ship, because +her Fore-mast was also weaken’d with some +Shot in her; this, however, cost them a great deal +of Labour and Difficulty, and also some Time, +when they came to a certain Creek, where they +all went on Shore, and refresh’d themselves a +while. +</p> + +<p>But if the taking the Man of War was an unexpected +Victory to them, the Wealth of the +Prize was much more so; for they found an amazing +Treasure on Board her, both in Silver and +Gold; and the Account they gave me was but imperfect, +but I think they calculated the Pieces of +Eight to be about 13 Tun in Weight, besides that +they had 5 small Chests of Gold, some Emeralds, +and, in a Word, a prodigious Booty. +</p> + +<p>They were not, however, so modest in their +Prosperity as we were; for they never knew when +to have done, but they must Cruise again to the +Northward for more Booty, when to their great +Surprize, they fell in with the Flotilla or Squadron +of Men of War, which they had so studiously +avoided before, and were so surrounded by them, +that there was no Remedy but they must fight, +and that in a Kind of Desperation, having no +Prospect now but to sell their Lives as dear as +they could. +</p> + +<p>This unlucky Accident befel them before they +had chang’d their ship, so that they had now the +Sloop and both the Men of War in Company, +but they were but thinly mann’d; and as for the +<!-- page 051 --> +Booty, the greater Part of it was on Board the +Sloop, that is to say, all the Gold and Emeralds, +and near half the Silver. +</p> + +<p>When they saw the Necessity of fighting, they +order’d the Sloop, if possible, to keep to Windward, +that so she might as Night come on, +make the best of her Way, and escape; but a <i>Spanish</i> +Fregate of 18 Guns tended her so close, and +sail’d so well, that the Sloop could by no Means +get away from the rest; so she made up close to +the Buccaneers Fregate, and maintain’d a Fight +as well as she could, till in the Dusk of the Evening +the <i>Spaniards</i> boarded and took her, but most +of her Men gat away in her Boat, and some by +swimming on Board the other Ship: They only +left in her five wounded <i>Englishmen</i>, and six <i>Spanish</i> +Negroes. The five <i>English</i> the barbarous <i>Spaniards</i> +hang’d up immediately, wounded as they +were. +</p> + +<p>This was good Notice to the other Men to tell +them what they were to expect, and made them +fight like desperate Men till Night, and kill’d +the <i>Spaniards</i> a great many Men. It prov’d a very +dark rainy Night, so that the <i>Spaniards</i> were +oblig’d by Necessity to give over the Fight till +the next Day, endeavouring, in the mean time, +to keep as near them as they could: But the +Buccaneers concerting their Measures where they +should meet, resolv’d to make Use of the Darkness +of the Night to get off if they could; and +the Wind springing up a fresh Gale at S. S. W. +they chang’d their Course, and, with all the Sail +they could make, stood away to the N. N. W. +slanting it to Seawards as nigh the Wind as they +could; and getting clear away from the <i>Spaniards</i>, +who they never saw more, they made no Stay +<!-- page 052 --> +till they pass’d the Line, and arriv’d in about +22 Days Sail on the Coast of <i>California</i>, where +they were quite out of the Way of all Enquiry +and Search of the <i>Spaniards</i>. +</p> + +<p>Here it was they chang’d their Ship, as I said, +and quitting their own Vessel, they went all on +Board the <i>Spanish</i> Man of War, fitting up her Masts +and Rigging, as I have said, and taking out all +the Guns, Stores, <i>&c.</i> of their own Ship, so that +they had now a stout Ship under them, carrying +40 Guns, (for so many they made her carry) and +well furnish’d with all Things; and tho’ they +had lost so great a Part of their Booty, yet they +had still left a vast Wealth, being six or seven +Tun of Silver, besides what they had gotten before. +</p> + +<p>With this Booty, and regretting heartily they +had not practis’d the same Moderation before, +they resolv’d now to be satisfy’d, and make the +best of their Way to the Island of <i>Juan Fernando</i>; +where keeping at a great Distance from the Shore, +they safely arriv’d, in about two Months Voyage, +having met with some contrary Winds by the +Way. +</p> + +<p>However, here they found the other Sloop +which they had sent in with their first Booty, to +wait for them: And here understanding that +we were gone for St. <i>Julien</i>, they resolv’d, (since +the Time was so long gone that they could +not expect to find us again) that they would +have t’other Touch with the <i>Spaniards</i>, cost +what it would. And accordingly, having first bury’d +the most Part of their Money in the Ground, +on Shore in the Island, and having revictual’d +<!-- page 053 --> +their Ship in the best Manner they could in that +barren Island, away they went to Sea. +</p> + +<p>They beat about on the South of the Line all up +the Coast of <i>Chili</i>, and Part of <i>Peru</i>, till they +came to the Height of <i>Lima</i> itself. +</p> + +<p>They met with several Ships, and took several, +but they were loaden chiefly with Lumber +or Provisions, except that in one Vessel they took +between 40 and 50000 Pieces of Eight, and in +another 75000. They soon inform’d themselves +that the <i>Spanish</i> Men of War were gone out of +those Seas up to <i>Panama</i>, to boast of their good +Fortune, and carry Home their Prize; and +this made them the bolder. But tho’ they spent +near five Months in this second Cruise, they +met with nothing considerable; the <i>Spaniards</i> being +every where alarm’d, and having Notice of +them, so that nothing stirr’d Abroad. +</p> + +<p>Tir’d then with their long Cruise, and out of +Hope of more Booty, they began to look Homeward, +and to say to one another that they had +enough; so, in a Word, they came back to <i>Juan +Fernando</i>, and there furnishing themselves as well +as they could with Provisions, and not forgeting +to take their Treasure on Board with them, they +set forward again to the South; and after a very +bad Voyage in rounding the <i>Terra del Fuego</i>, being +driven to the Latitude of 65 Degrees, where +they felt Extremity of Cold, they at length obtain’d +a more favourable Wind, <i>viz.</i> at S. and +S. S. E; with which, steering to the North, they +came into a milder Sea and a milder Coast, and +at length arriv’d at <i>Port St. Julien</i>, where, to their +great Joy, they found the Post or Cross erected +by us; and understanding that we were gone to +<!-- page 054 --> +<i>Madagascar</i>, and that we would be sure to remain +there to hear from them, and withal that we had +been gone there near two Year, they resolv’d to +follow us. +</p> + +<p>Here they staid, it seems, almost half a Year, +partly fitting and altering their Ship, partly +wearing out the Winter Season, and waiting for +milder Weather; and having victuall’d their +Ship in but a very ordinary Manner for so long +a Run, <i>viz.</i> only with Seals Flesh and Penguins, +and some Deer they kill’d in the Country, they +at last launch’d out, and crossing the great <i>Atlantick +Ocean</i>, they made the <i>Cape of Good Hope</i> in +about 76 Days, having been put to very great +Distresses in that Time for Want of Food, all +their Seals Flesh and Penguins growing nauseous +and stinking in little less than half the Time of +their Voyage; so that they had nothing to subsist +on for seven and twenty Days, but a little Quantity +of dry’d Venison which they kill’d on Shore, +about the Quantity of 3 Barrels of <i>English</i> Beef, +and some Bread; and when they came to the +<i>Cape of Good Hope</i>, they gat some small Supply, +but it being soon perceiv’d on Shore what they +were, they were glad to be gone as soon as they +had fill’d their Casks with Water, and gat but +a very little Provisions; so they made to the Coast +of <i>Natal</i> on the South East Point of <i>Africa</i>, and +there they gat more fresh Provisions, such as +Veal, Milk, Goats-Flesh, some tolerable Butter, +and very good Beef: And this held them out till +they found us in the North Part of <i>Madagascar</i>, +as above. +</p> + +<p>We staid about a Fortnight in our Port, and +in a sailing Posture, just as if we had been Wind-bound, +meerly to congratulate and make merry +<!-- page 055 --> +with our new-come Friends, when I resolv’d to +leave them there, and set Sail; which I did with +a Westerly Wind, keeping away North till I came +into the Latitude of seven Degrees North; so +coasting along the <i>Arabian</i> Coast E. N. E. towards +the Gulph of Persia, in the Cruise I met with two +<i>Persian</i> Barks loaden with Rice; one of which I +mann’d and sent away to <i>Madagascar</i>, and the +other I took for our own Ship’s Use. This Bark +came safe to my new Colony, and was a very +agreeable Prize to them; I think verily almost as +agreeable as if it had been loaded with Pieces of +Eight, for they had been without Bread a great +while; and this was a double Benefit to them, for +they fitted up this Bark, which carry’d about +55 Tun, and went away to the Gulph of <i>Persia</i> +in her to buy Rice, and brought two or three +<i>Freights</i> of that which was very good. +</p> + +<p>In this Time I pursu’d my Voyage, coasted +the whole <i>Malabar</i> Shore, and met with no Purchase +but a great <i>Portugal East-India</i> Ship, which I +chac’d into <i>Goa</i>, where she got out of my Reach: +I took several small Vessels and Barks, but little +of Value in them, till I enter’d the great Bay of +<i>Bengale</i>, when I began to look about me with more +Expectation of Success, tho’ without Prospect of +what happen’d. +</p> + +<p>I cruis’d here about two Months, finding nothing +worth while; so I stood away to a Port +on the North Point of the Isle of <i>Sumatra</i>, where +I made no Stay; for here I gat News that two +large Ships, belonging to the Great Mogul, were +expected to cross the Bay from <i>Hugely</i> in the <i>Ganges</i> +to the Country of the King of <i>Pegu</i>, being to +carry the Grandaughter of the Great Mogul to +<i>Pegu</i>, who was to be marry’d to the King of +<!-- page 056 --> +that Country, with all her Retinue, Jewels, and +Wealth. +</p> + +<p>This was a Booty worth watching for, tho’ it +had been some Months longer; so I refolv’d that +we would go and Cruise off of Point <i>Negaris</i>, on +the East Side of the Bay, near <i>Diamond Isle</i>; +and here we ply’d off and on for three Weeks, +and began to despair of Success; but the Knowledge +of the Booty we expected spurr’d us on, +and we waited with great Patience, for we knew +the Prize would be immensely rich. +</p> + +<p>At length we spy’d three Ships coming right +up to us with the Wind; we could easily see +they were not <i>Europeans</i> by their Sails, and began +to prepare ourselves for a Prize, not for a Fight; +but were a little disappointed, when we found +the first Ship full of Guns, and full of Soldiers, +and in Condition, had she been manag’d by <i>English</i> +Sailors, to have fought two such Ships as ours +were; however, we resolv’d to attack her if she +had been full of Devils as she was full of Men. +</p> + +<p>Accordingly, when we came near them, we +fir’d a Gun with Shot as a Challenge; they fir’d +again immediately three or four Guns; but fir’d +them so confusedly that we could easily see they +did not understand their Business; when we consider’d +how to lay them on Board, and so to come +thwart them, if we could; but falling, for want +of Wind, open to them, we gave them a fair +Broadside; we could easily see, by the Confusion +that was on Board, that they were frighted out +of their Wits; they fir’d here a Gun and there a +Gun, and some on that Side that was from us, as +well as those that were next to us. The next +<!-- page 057 --> +Thing we did was to lay them on Board, which we +did presently, and then gave them a Volley of our +Small-shot, which, as they stood so thick, kill’d a +great many of them, and made all the rest run down +under their Hatches, crying out like Creatures +bewitch’d: In a Word, we presently took the Ship, +and having secur’d her Men, we chac’d the other +two: One was chiefly fill’d with Women, and +the other with Lumber. Upon the Whole, as +the Grandaughter of the Great Mogul was our +Prize in the first Ship, so, in the second was her +Women, or, in a Word, her Houshold, her Eunuchs, +all the Necessaries of her Wardrobe, of her +Stables, and of her Kitchin; and in the last, great +Quantities of Houshold-stuff, and Things less costly, +tho’ not less useful. +</p> + +<p>But the first was the main Prize. When my Men +had enter’d and master’d the Ship, one of our +Lieutenants call’d for me, and accordingly I +jump’d on Board; he told me, he thought no +Body but I ought to go into the great Cabin, or, +at least, no Body should go there before me; for that +the Lady herself and all her Attendance was there, +and he fear’d the Men were so heated they would +murder them all, or do worse. +</p> + +<p>I immediately went to the great Cabin-door, +taking the Lieutenant that call’d me, along with +me, and caus’d the Cabin-door to be open’d: +But such a Sight of Glory and Misery was never +seen by Buccaneer before; the Queen (for such +she was to have been) was all in Gold and Silver, +but frighted; and crying, and at the Sight of +me she appear’d trembling, and just as if she was +going to die. She sate on the Side of a kind of a +Bed like a Couch with no Canopy over it, or any +Covering, only made to lie down upon; she was, +<!-- page 058 --> +in a Manner, cover’d with Diamonds, and I, like +a true Pirate, soon let her see that I had more +Mind to the Jewels than to the Lady. +</p> + +<p>However, before I touch’d her, I order’d the Lieutenant +to place a Guard at the Cabin-door; and fastening +the Door, shut us both in, which he did: The +Lady was young, and, I suppose, in their Country +Esteem, very handsome, but she was not very much +so in my Thoughts: At first, her Fright, and the +Danger she thought she was in of being kill’d, +taught her to do every Thing that she thought +might interpose between her and Danger; and +that was to take off her Jewels as fast as she +could, and give them to me; and I, without any +great Compliment, took them as fast as she gave +them me, and put them into my Pocket, taking +no great Notice of them, or of her, which frighted +her worse than all the rest, and she said something +which I could not understand; however, +two of the other Ladies came, all crying, and +kneel’d down to me with their Hands lifted up: +What they meant I knew not at first, but by +their Gestures and Pointings I found at last it was +to beg the young Queen’s Life, and that I would +not kill her. +</p> + +<p>I have heard that it has been reported in <i>England</i> +that I ravish’d this Lady, and then used +her most barbarously; but they wrong me, for I +never offer’d any Thing of that Kind to her, I +assure you; nay, I was so far from being inclin’d to +it, that I did not like her; and there was one of her +Ladies who I found much more agreeable to me, +and who I was afterwards something free with, +but not even with her either by Force, or by Way +of Ravishing. +</p> +<!-- page 059 --> + +<p>We did, indeed, ravish them of all their Wealth, +for that was what we wanted, not the Women; +nor was there any other Ravishing among those +in the great Cabin, that I can assure you: As for +the Ship where the Women of inferior Rank +were, and who were in Number almost two hundred, +I cannot answer for what might happen in +the first Heat; but even there, after the first +Heat of our Men was over, what was done, +was done quietly, for I have heard some of the +Men say, that there was not a Woman among +them but what was lain with four or five Times +over, that is to say, by so many several Men; for +as the Women made no Opposition, so the Men +even took those that were next them, without +Ceremony, when and where Opportunity offer’d. +</p> + +<p>When the three Ladies kneel’d down to me, and +as soon as I understood what it was for, I let them +know I would not hurt the Queen, nor let any +one else hurt her, but that she must give me all +her Jewels and Money: Upon this they acquainted +her that I would save her Life; and no +sooner had they assur’d her of that, but she got +up, smiling, and went to a fine <i>Indian</i> Cabinet, +and open’d a private Drawer, from whence she +took another little Thing full of little square +Drawers and Holes; this she brings to me in her +Hand, and offer’d to kneel down to give it me. +This innocent Usage began to rouse some Good-Nature +in me, (tho’ I never had much) and I +would not let her kneel; but sitting down myself +on the Side of her Couch or Bed, made a Motion +to her to sit down too: But here she was frighted +again, it seems, at what I had no Thought of; +for sitting on her Bed, she thought I would pull +her down to lie with her, and so did all her Women +too; for they began to hold their Hands before +<!-- page 060 --> +their Faces, which, as I understood afterwards, +was that they might not see me turn up +their Queen: But as I did not offer any Thing of +that Kind, only made her sit down by me, they +began all to be easier after some Time, and she +gave me the little Box or Casket, I know not +what to call it, but it was full of invaluable Jewels. +I have them still in my Keeping, and wish +they were safe in <i>England</i>; for I doubt not but +some of them are fit to be plac’d on the King’s +Crown. +</p> + +<p>Being Master of this Treasure, I was very willing +to be good-humour’d to the Persons; so I +went out of the Cabin, and caus’d the Women to +be left alone, causing the Guard to be kept still, +that they might receive no more Injury than I +would do them myself. +</p> + +<p>After I had been out of the Cabin some Time, +a Slave of the Womens came to me, and made +Sign to me that the Queen would speak with me +again. I made Signs back, that I would come and +dine with her Majesty: And accordingly I order’d +that her Servants should prepare her Dinner, and +carry it in, and then call me. They provided +her Repast after the usual Manner, and when she +saw it brought in, she appear’d pleas’d, and more, +when she saw me come in after it; for she was +exceedingly pleas’d that I had caus’d a Guard to +keep the rest of my Men from her; and she +had, it seems, been told how rude they had been +to some of the Women that belong’d to her. +</p> + +<p>When I came in, she rose up, and paid me such +Respect as I did not well know how to receive, +and not in the least how to return. If she had +understood <i>English</i>, I could have said plainly, and +<!-- page 061 --> +in good rough Words, Madam, be easy, we are +rude rough-hewn Fellows, but none of our Men +should hurt you, or touch you; I will be your +Guard and Protection; we are for Money, indeed +and we shall take what you have, but we will +do you no other Harm. But as I could not talk +thus to her, I scarce knew what to say; but I sate +down, and made Signs to have her sit down and +eat, which she did, but with so much Ceremony, +that I did not know well what to do with +it. +</p> + +<p>After we had eaten, she rose up again, and +drinking some Water out of a <i>China</i> Cup, sate her +down on the Side of the Couch, as before: When +she saw I had done eating, she went then to another +Cabinet, and pulling out a Drawer, she +brought it to me; it was full of small Pieces of +Gold Coin of <i>Pegu</i>, about as big as an <i>English</i> Half +Guinea, and I think there were three thousand of +them. She open’d several other Drawers, and +shew’d me the Wealth that was in them and then +gave me the Key of the Whole. +</p> + +<p>We had revell’d thus all Day, and Part of the +next Day, in a bottomless Sea of Riches, when +my Lieutenant began to tell me, we must consider +what to do with our Prisoners, and the Ships, +for that there was no subsisting in that Manner; +besides, he hinted privately, that the Men would +be ruin’d, by lying with the Women in the other +Ship, where all Sorts of Liberty was both given +and taken: Upon this we call’d a short Council, +and concluded to carry the great Ship away +with us, but to put all the Prisoners, Queen, +Ladies, and all the rest, into the lesser Vessels, and +let them go: And so far was I from ravishing this +Lady, as I hear is reported of me, that tho’ I +<!-- page 062 --> +might rifle her of every Thing else, yet I assure +you I let her go untouch’d for me, or, as I am satisfy’d, +for any one, of my Men; nay, when we +dismiss’d them, we gave her Leave to take a great +many Things of Value with her, which she would +have been plunder’d of, if I had not been so careful +of her. +</p> + +<p>We had now Wealth enough, not only to make +us rich, but almost to have made a Nation rich; +and to tell you the Truth, considering the costly +Things we took here, which we did not know the +Value of, and besides Gold, and Silver, and Jewels, I +say, we never knew how rich we were; besides +which, we had a great Quantity of Bales of Goods, +as well Calicoes as wrought Silks; which being +for Sale, were, perhaps, as a Cargo of Goods to +answer the Bills which might be drawn upon +them for the Account of the Bride’s Portion; all +which fell into our Hands, with a great Sum in +Silver Coin, too big to talk of among <i>Englishmen</i>, +especially while I am living, for Reasons which +I may give you hereafter. +</p> + +<p>I had nothing to do now but to think of coming +back to <i>Madagascar</i>, so we made the best of our +Way; only that, to make us quite distracted +without other Joy, we took in our Way a small +Bark loaden with Arack and Rice, which was good +Sawce to our other Purchace; for if the Women +made our Men drunk before, this <i>Arack</i> made +them quite mad; and they had so little Government +of themselves with it, that I think it might +be said, the whole Ship’s Crew was drunk for above +a Fortnight together, till six or seven of them +kill’d themselves; two fell overboard and were +drown’d, and several more fell into raging Fevers, +<!-- page 063 --> +and it was a Wonder, in the whole, they +were not all kill’d with it. +</p> + +<p>But, to make short of the Story as we did of +the Voyage, we had a very pleasant Voyage, +except those Disasters, and we came safe back to +our Comrades at <i>Madagascar</i>, having been absent +in all about seven Months. +</p> + +<p>We found them in very good Health, and longing +to hear from us; and we were, you may be +assur’d, welcome to them; for now we had amass’d +such a Treasure as no Society of Men ever possess’d +in this World before us, neither could we +ever bring it to an Estimation, for we could not +bring particular Things to a just Valuation. +</p> + +<p>We liv’d now and enjoy’d ourselves in full Security; +for tho’ some of the <i>European</i> Nations, and +perhaps all of them had heard of us; yet they +heard such formidable Things of us, such terrible +Stories of our great Strength, as well as of our +great Wealth, that they had no Thought of undertaking +any Thing against us; for, as I have +understood, they were told at <i>London</i>, that we +were no less than 5000 Men; that we had built a +regular Fortress for our Defence by Land, and +that we had 20 Sail of Ships; and I have been told +that in <i>France</i> they have heard the same Thing: +But nothing of all this was ever true, any more +than it was true, that we offer’d ten Millions to +the Government of <i>England</i> for our Pardon. +</p> + +<p>It is true, that had the Queen sent any Intimation +to us of a Pardon, and that we should have been +receiv’d to Grace at Home, we should all have +very willingly embrac’d it; for we had Money +enough to have encourag’d us all to live honest; +<!-- page 064 --> +and if we had been ask’d for a Million of Pieces +of Eight, or a Million of Pounds Sterling, to have +purchas’d our Pardon, we should have been very +ready to have comply’d with it; for we really +knew not what to do with ourselves, or with our +Wealth; and the only Thing we had now before +us, was to consider what Method to take for getting +Home, if possible, to our own Country with +our Wealth, or at least with such Part of it as +would secure us easy and comfortable Lives; and, +for my own Part, I resolv’d, if I could, to make +full Satisfaction to all the Persons who I had +wrong’d in <i>England</i>, I mean by that, such People +as I had injur’d by running away with the Ship; +as well the Owners, and the Master or Captain, +who I set a-shore in <i>Spain</i>, as the Merchant whose +Goods I had taken with the Ship; and I was +daily forming Schemes in my Thoughts how to +bring this to pass: But we all concluded that it +was impossible for us to accomplish our Desires as +to that Part, seeing the Fact of our Piracy was +now so publick all over the World, that there +was not any Nation in the World that would receive +us, or any of us; but would immediately +seize on our Wealth, and execute us for Pirates +and Robbers of all Nations. +</p> + +<p>This was confirm’d to us after some Time, with +all the Particulars, as it is now understood in +<i>Europe</i>; for as the Fame of our Wealth and Power +was such, that it made all the World afraid of +us, so it brought some of the like Sort with our +selves to join with us from all Parts of the World; +and particularly, we had a Bark, and 60 Men of +all Nations, from <i>Martinico</i>, who had been cruising +in the Gulph of <i>Florida</i>, came over to us, to +try if they could mend their Fortunes; and these +went afterwards to the Gulph of <i>Persia</i>, where +<!-- page 065 --> +they took some Prizes, and return’d to us again. +We had after this three Pirate Ships came to us, +most <i>English</i>, who had done some Exploits on the +Coast of <i>Guinea</i>, had made several good Prizes, and +were all tolerably rich. +</p> + +<p>As these People came and shelter’d with us, +so they came and went as they would, and sometimes +some of our Men went with them, sometimes +theirs staid with us: But by that Coming +and Going our Men found Ways and Means to +convey themselves away, some one Way, some +another. For I should have told you at first, that +after we had such Intelligence from <i>England</i>, <i>viz.</i> +that they knew of all our successful Enterprizes, +and that there was no Hopes of our returning, +especially of mine and some other Men who were +known: I say, after this we call’d a general +Council to consider what to do; and there, one and +all, we concluded that we liv’d very happy where +we were; that if any of us had a Mind to venture +to get away to any Part of the World, none +should hinder them, but that else we would continue +where we were; and that the first Opportunity +we had we would cruise upon the <i>English</i> +<i>East India</i> Ships, and do them what Spoil we could, +fancying that some Time or other they would +proclaim a Pardon to us, if we would come in; and +if they did, then we would accept of it. +</p> + +<p>Under these Circumstances we remain’d here, off +and on, first and last, above three Year more; +during which Time our Number encreas’d so, +especially at first, that we were once eight hundred +Men, stout brave Fellows, and as good Sailors +as any in the World. Our Number decreas’d afterwards +upon several Occasions; such as the going +Abroad to Cruise, wandering to the South Part of +<!-- page 066 --> +the Island, (as above) getting on Board <i>European</i> +Ships, and the like. +</p> + +<p>After I perceiv’d that a great many of our Men +were gone off, and had carry’d their Wealth with +them, I began to cast about in my own Thoughts +how I should make my Way Home also: Innumerable +Difficulties presented to my View; when +at last, an Account of some of our Mens Escape +into <i>Persia</i> encourag’d me. The Story was this: +One of the small Barks we had taken, went to +<i>Guzaratte</i> to get Rice, and having secur’d a Cargo, +but not loaded it, ten of our Men resolv’d to attempt +their Escape; and accordingly they drest +themselves like Merchant-Strangers, and bought +several Sorts of Goods there, such as an <i>Englishman</i>, +who they found there, assisted them to buy; +and with their Bales, (but in them pack’d up all +the rest of their Money) they went up to <i>Bassora</i> +in the Gulph of <i>Persia</i>, and so travell’d as Merchants +with the Caravan to <i>Aleppo</i>, and we never +heard any more of them, but that they went +clean off with all their Cargo. +</p> + +<p>This fill’d my Head with Schemes for my own +Deliverance; but however, it was a Year more +before I attempted any Thing, and not till I +found that many of our Men shifted off, some and +some, nor did any of them miscarry; some went +one Way, some another; some lost their Money, and +some sav’d it; nay, some carry’d it away with +them, and some left it behind them: As for me, +I discover’d my Intentions to no Body, but made +them all believe I would stay here till some of +them should come and fetch me off, and pretended +to make every Man that went off promise to come +for me, if it ever was in his Power, and gave every +one of them Signals to make for me, when they +<!-- page 067 --> +came back, upon which I would certainly come +off to them. At the same Time nothing was more +certain, than that I intended from the Beginning +to get away from the Island, as soon as I could +any Way make my Way with Safety to any Part +of the World. +</p> + +<p>It was still above two Years after this that +I remain’d in the Island; nor could I, in all that +Time, find any probable Means for removing my +self with Safety. +</p> + +<p>One of the Ways I thought to have made my +Escape was this: I went to Sea in a Long-boat +a fishing, (as we often did) and having a Sail to +the Boat, we were out two or three Days together; +at length it came into my Thoughts that +we might Cruise about the Island in this Long-boat, +a great Way, and perhaps some Adventure +might happen to us which we might make something +of; so I told them I had a Mind to make +a Voyage with the Long-boat to see what would +happen. +</p> + +<p>To this Purpose we built upon her, made a +State-Room in the Middle, and clapt four Patareroes +upon her Gunnel, and away we went, being +sixteen stout Fellows in the Boat, not reckoning +my self: Thus we ran away, as it were, from +the rest of our Crew, tho’ not a Man of us knew +our own Minds as to whither we were going, +or upon what Design. In this Frolick we ran +South quite away to the Bay of St. <i>Angustine</i>’s, in +the Latitude of 24 Degrees, where the Ships from +<i>Europe</i> often put in for Water and Provisions. +</p> + +<p>Here we put in, not knowing well what to +do next; I thought myself disappointed very much +<!-- page 068 --> +that we saw no <i>European</i> Ship here, tho’ afterwards +I saw my Mistake, and found that it was +better for us that we were in that Port first: We +went boldly on Shore; for as to the Natives, we +understood how to manage them well enough, +knew all their Customs, and the Manner of their +treating with Strangers as to Peace or War; their +Temper, and how to oblige them, or behave if +they were disoblig’d; so we went, I say, boldly +on Shore, and there we began to chaffer with +them for some Provisions, such as we wanted. +</p> + +<p>We had not been here above two or three Days, +but that, early in the Morning, the Weather +thick and haizy, we heard several Guns fire at +Sea; we were not at a Loss to know what they +meant, and that it was certainly some <i>European</i> +Ships coming in, and who gave the Signal +to one another that they had made the Land, +which they could easily see from the Sea, tho’ +we, who were also within the Bay, could not see +them from the Shore: However, in a few Hours, +the Weather clearing up, wet saw plainly five +large Ships, three with <i>English</i> Colours, and two +with <i>Dutch</i>, standing into the Bay, and in about +four or five Hours more they came to an Anchor. +</p> + +<p>A little while after they were come to an Anchor, +their Boats began to come on Shore to the +usual Watering-place to fill their Casks; and +while they were doing that, the rest of the Men +look’d about them a little, as usual, tho’ at first +they did not stir very far from their Boats. +</p> + +<p>I had now a nice Game to play, as any Man +in the World ever had: It was absolutely necessary +for us to speak with these Men; and yet +<!-- page 069 --> +how to speak with them, and not have them +speak with us in a Manner that we should not +like, that was the main Point: It was with a great +deal of Impatience that we lay still one whole +Day, and saw their Boats come on Shore, and +go on Board again, and we were so irresolute +all the while, that we knew not what to do; at +last I told my Men, it was absolutely necessary +we should speak with them, and seeing we could +not agree upon the Method how to do it friendly +and fairly, I was resolv’d to do it by Force, and +that if they would take my Advice, we would place +ourselves in Ambuscade upon the Land somewhere, +that we might see them when they were +on Shore, and the first Man that straggled from +the rest we would clap in upon and seize him, +and three or four of them if we could. As for our +Boat, we had secur’d it in a Creek three or four +Miles up the Country, where it was secure +enough out of their Reach or Knowledge. +</p> + +<p>With this Resolution we plac’d ourselves in two +Gangs; eleven of us in one Place, and only three +of us in another, and very close we lay: The +Place we chose for our Ambuscade was on the +Side of a rising Ground almost a Mile from the +Watering-place, but where we could see them all +come towards the Shore, and see them if they did +but set their Foot on Shore. +</p> + +<p>As we understood afterwards, they had the +Knowledge of our being upon the Island, but +knew not in what Part of it, and were therefore +very cautious and wary how they went on +Shore, and came all very well arm’d. This gave us +a new Difficulty, for in the very first Excursion that +any of them made from the Watering-place, there +was not less than twenty of them, all well arm’d, +<!-- page 070 --> +and they pass’d by in our Sight; but as we were +out of their Sight we were all very well +pleas’d with seeing them go by, and being +not oblig’d to meddle with them, or show our +selves. +</p> + +<p>But we had not long lain in this Circumstance, +but, by what Occasion we knew not, five of the +Gentlemen Tarrs were pleas’d to be willing to go +no farther with their Companions; and thinking +all safe behind them, because they had found no +Disturbance in their going out, came back the +same Way, straggling without any Guard or Regard. +</p> + +<p>I thought now was our Time to show our +selves; so taking them as they came by the Place +where we lay in Ambuscade, we plac’d ourselves +just in their Way, and as they were entring a +little Thicket of Trees, we appear’d; and calling +to them in <i>English</i>, told them they were our +Prisoners; that if they yielded, we would use +them very well, but if they offer’d to resist, they +should have no Quarter: One of them looking +behind, as if he would show us a Pair of Heels, I +call’d to him, and told him, if he attempted to +run for it, he was a dead Man, unless he could +out-run a Musquet-Bullet; and that we would soon +let him see we had more Men in our Company; +and so giving the Signal appointed, our three +Men, who lay at a Distance, shew’d themselves in +the Rear. +</p> + +<p>When they saw this, one of them, who appear’d +as their Leader, but was only the Purser’s Clerk, +ask’d, Who we were they must yield to? And if +we were Christians? I told them, jestingly, We +were good honest Christian Pirates, and belong’d +<!-- page 071 --> +to Captain <i>Avery</i>, (not at all letting them know +that I was <i>Avery</i> himself) and if they yielded +it was enough; that we assur’d them they should +have fair Quarter and good Usage upon our Honour; +but that they must resolve immediately, or +else they would be surrounded with 500 Men, and +we could not answer for what they might do to them. +</p> + +<p>They yielded presently upon this News, and +deliver’d their Arms; and we carry’d them away +to our Tent, which we had built near the Place +where our Boat lay. Here I enter’d into a particular +serious Discourse with them about Captain +<i>Avery</i>, for ’twas this I wanted, upon several Accounts: +First, I wanted to enquire what News +they had had of us in <i>Europe</i>? and then to give +them Ideas of our Numbers and Power as romantick +as I could. +</p> + +<p>They told us, that they had heard of the great +Booty Captain <i>Avery</i> had taken in the Bay of <i>Bengale</i>; +and among the rest, a bloody Story was related +of <i>Avery</i> himself, <i>viz.</i> That he ravish’d the +Great Mogul’s Daughter, who was going to be +marry’d to the Prince of <i>Pegu</i>; that we ravish’d +and forc’d all the Ladies attending her Train, +and then threw them into the Sea, or cut their +Throats; and that we had gotten a Booty of +ten Millions in Gold and Silver, besides an inestimable +Treasure of Jewels, Diamonds, Pearls, <i>&c.</i> +but that we had committed most inhuman Barbarities +on the innocent People that fell into our +Hands. They then told us, but in a broken imperfect +Account, how the Great Mogul had resented +it; and that he had raised a great Army +against the <i>English</i> Factories, resolving to root +them out of his Dominions; but that the Company +had appeas’d him by Presents, and by assuring +<!-- page 072 --> +him that the Men who did it, were Rebels +to the <i>English</i> Government, and that the +Queen of <i>England</i> would hang them all when +ever they could be taken. I smil’d at that, and +told them, Captain <i>Avery</i> would give them Leave +to hang him, and all his Men, when they could +take them; but that I could assure him they +were too strong to be taken; that if the Government +of <i>England</i> went about to provoke them, +Captain <i>Avery</i> would soon make those Seas too +hot for the <i>English</i>, and they might even give over +their <i>East-India</i> Trade, for they little thought +Circumstances Captain <i>Avery</i> was in. +</p> + +<p>This I did, as well to know what Notions +you had of us in <i>England</i>, as to give a formidable +Account of us, and of our Circumstances to <i>England</i>, +which I knew might be of Use to us several +Ways hereafter. Then I made him tell his +Part, which he did freely enough; he told us, +that indeed they had receiv’d an Account in <i>England</i> +that we were exceeding strong; that we had +several Gangs of Pirates from the <i>Spanish West-Indies</i>, +that had taken great Booties there, and +were gone all to <i>Madagascar</i> to join Captain <i>Avery</i>; +that he had taken three great <i>East-India</i> Ships, +one <i>Dutch</i>, and two <i>Portuguese</i>, which they had +converted into Men of War; that he had 6000 +Men under his Command; that he had twelve +Ships, whereof three carry’d 60 Guns a-piece, and +six more of them, from 40 to 50 Guns; that they +had built a large Fort to secure their Habitations; +and that they had two large Towns, one on +one Side, one on the other of a River, cover’d +by the said Fort, and two great Platforms or Batteries +of Guns to defend the Entrance where their +Ships rode; that they had an immense invaluable +Treasure; and that it was said, Captain <i>Avery</i> +<!-- page 073 --> +was resolv’d to People the whole Island of <i>Madagascar</i> +with <i>Europeans</i>, and to get Women from +<i>Jamaica</i> and the <i>Leeward Islands</i>; and that it was not +doubted but he would subdue, and make himself +King of that Country, if he was let alone a little +longer. +</p> + +<p>I had enjoin’d my Men, in the first Place, not +to let him know that I was <i>Avery</i>, but that I was +one of his Captains; and in the next Place, not +to say a Word but just <i>Ay</i>, and <i>No</i>, as Things occurr’d, +and leave the rest to me. I heard him patiently +out in all the Particulars above, and +when he had done, I told him it was true, Captain +<i>Avery</i> was in the Island of <i>Madagascar</i>, and +that several other Societies of Buccaneers and +Freebooters were join’d him from the <i>Spanish +West-Indies</i>; for, said I, the Plenty and Ease of +our living here is such, and we are so safe from +all the World, that we do not doubt but we shall +be twenty thousand Men in a very little Time, +when two Ships which we have sent to the <i>West-Indies</i> +shall come back, and shall have told the +Buccaneers at the Bay of <i>Campeachy</i>, how we live +here. +</p> + +<p>But, said I, you in <i>England</i> greatly wrong Captain +<i>Avery</i>, our General, (so I call’d myself, to advance +our Credit) for I can assure you, that except +plundering the Ship, and taking that immense +Booty which he got in the great Ship where the +Great Mogul’s Daughter was, there was not the +least Injury done to the Lady, no Ravishing or +Violence to her, or any of her Attendance; and +this, said I, you may take of my certain Knowledge; +for, said I, I was on Board the Ship with +our General all the while: And if any of the +Princess’s Women were lain with, said I, on Board +the other Ship, as I believe most of them were, +yet it was done with their own Consent and +<!-- page 074 --> +good Will, and no otherwise; and they were all +dismiss’d afterwards, without so much as being put +in Fear or Apprehensions of Life or Honour. +</p> + +<p>This I assur’d him, (as indeed it was just) and +told him, I hop’d, if ever he came safe to <i>England</i>, +he would do Captain <i>Avery</i>, and all of us, Justice +in that particular Case. +</p> + +<p>As to our being well fortify’d on the Island, and +our Numbers, I assur’d them all they were far +from thinking too much of us; that we had a +very good Fleet, and a very good Harbour for +them; that we were not afraid of any Force from +<i>Europe</i>, either by Land or Water; that it was, indeed, +in vain to pretend to attack us by Force; +that the only Way for the Government of <i>England</i> +to bring us back to our Duty, would be to +send a Proclamation from <i>England</i> with the Queen’s +Pardon for our General and all his People, if +they came in by a certain Time: And, added I, +we know you want Money in <i>England</i>, I dare +say, said I, our General, Captain <i>Avery</i>, and his +particular Gang, who have the main Riches, +would not grudge to advance five or six Millions +of Ducats to the Government, to give them Leave +to return in Peace to <i>England</i>, and sit down quietly +with the rest. +</p> + +<p>This Discourse, I suppose, was the Ground of +the Rumour you have had in <i>England</i>, That <i>Avery</i> +had offer’d to come in and submit, and would +give six Millions for his Pardon: For as these +Men were soon after this dismiss’d, and went back +to <i>England</i>, there is no Doubt but they gave a +particular Account of the Conference they had +with me, who they call’d one of Captain <i>Avery</i>’s +Captains. +</p> + +<p>We kept these five Men six or seven Days, and +we pretended to show them the Country from +some of the Hills, calling it all our own, and +<!-- page 075 --> +pointing every Way how many Miles we extended +ourselves; we made them believe also that all +the rest of the Country was at our Disposal, that +the whole <i>Island</i> was at our Beck; we told them +we had Treasure enough to enrich the whole +Kingdom of <i>England</i>; that our General had several +Millions in Diamonds, and we had many +Tuns of Silver and Gold; that we had fifty large +Barns full of all Sorts of Goods, as well <i>European</i> +as <i>Indian</i>; and that it would be truly the best +Way for <i>England</i> to do as they said, namely, to +invite us all Home by a Proclamation with a +Pardon: And if they would do this, said I, they +can ask no reasonable Sum, but our General might +advance it; besides, getting Home such a Body of +stout able Seamen as we were, such a Number of +Ships, and such a Quantity of rich Goods. +</p> + +<p>We had several long Discourses with them upon +these Heads, and our frequent offering this Part +to them with a Kind of feeling Warmth, (for it +was what we all desir’d) has caus’d, I doubt not, +the Rumour of such great Offers made by us, +and of a Letter sent by me to the Queen, to beg +her Majesty’s Pardon for myself and my Company, +and offering ten Millions of Money Advance +to the Queen for the publick Service: All +which is a meer Fiction of the Brain of those +which have publish’d it; neither were we in any +Condition to make such an Offer; neither did I, +or any of my Crew or Company, ever write a +Letter or Petition to the Queen, or to any one in +the Government, or make any Application in the +Case other than as above, which was only Matter +of Conversation or private Discourse. +</p> + +<p>Nor were we so strong in Men or Ships, or +any Thing like it. You have heard of the Number +of Ships which we had now with us, which +amounted to two Ships and a Sloop, and no +<!-- page 076 --> +more, except the Prize in which we took the Mogul’s +Daughter; (which Ship we call’d, <i>The Great +Mogul</i>) but she was fit for nothing, for she would +neither sail or steer worth a Farthing, and indeed +was fit for no Use but a Hulk, or a Guard-Ship. +</p> + +<p>As to Numbers of Men, they bely’d us strangely, +and particularly, they seem’d only to mistake +Thousands for Hundreds: For whereas they told +us, that you in <i>England</i> had a Report of our being +six thousand Men, I must acknowledge that I +think we were never, when we were at the +most, above six hundred; and at the Time when +I quitted the Country, I left about one hundered +and eight Men there, and no more, and I am +assur’d, all the Number that now remains +there, is not above twenty two Men, no, not in +the whole Island. +</p> + +<p>Well, we thought, however, that it was no +Business of ours at that Time to undeceive them +in their high Opinion of our great Strength, so +we took Care to magnify ourselves, and the +Strength of our General, (meaning myself) that +they might carry the Story to <i>England</i>, depending +upon it, <i>That a Tale loses nothing in the carrying.</i> +When they told us of our Fort, and the Batteries +at the Mouth of the River where our Ships +lie, we insinuated, that it was a Place where we +did not fear all the Fleets in the World attacking +us; and when they told us of the Number of +Men, we strove to make them believe that they +were much many more. +</p> + +<p>At length, the poor Men began to be tir’d of us, +and indeed we began to be tir’d of them; for we +began to be afraid very much that they would +prye a little Way into our Affairs, and that a +little too narrowly that Way; so as they began +to sollicit their Deliverance, we began to listen to +their Importunities: In a Word, we agreed to dismiss +<!-- page 077 --> +them; and accordingly we gave them Leave +to go away to the Watering-place, as if they had +made their Escape from us; which they did, +carrying away their Heads full of all those unlikely +projected Things which you have heard +above. +</p> + +<p>In all this, however, I had not the good Luck +to advance one Step towards my own Escape; +and here is one Thing remarkable, <i>viz.</i> That the +great Mass of Wealth I had gotten together, was so +far from forwarding my Deliverance, that it +really was the only Thing that hinder’d it most +effectually; and I was so sensible of it, that I resolv’d +once to be gone, and leave all my Wealth +behind me, except some Jewels, as several of our +Men had done already: For many of them +were so impatient of staying here, that they found +Means to get away, some and some, with no +more Money than they could carry about them; +particularly, thirteen of our Men made themselves +a Kind of Shaloup with a Mast and Sail, +and went for the Red Sea, having two Patareroes +for her Defence, and every Man a thousand Pieces +of Eight, and no more, except that one <i>Macmow</i> +an <i>Irishman</i>, who was their Captain, had five Rubies +and a Diamond, which he got among the +Plunder of the Mogul’s Ship. +</p> + +<p>These Men, as I heard, gat safe to <i>Mocca</i> in +the <i>Arabian</i> Gulph, where they fetch the Coffee, +and their Captain manag’d for them all so well, +that of Pirates he made them Merchants, laid out +all the Stock in Coffee, and got a Vessel to carry +it up the Red Sea to <i>Sues</i>, where they sold it to +the Factors for the <i>European</i> Merchants, and came +all safe to <i>Alexandria</i>, where they parted the Money +again; and then every one separated as they +thought fit, and went their own Way. +</p> +<!-- page 078 --> + +<p>We heard of this by mere Accident afterwards, +and I confess I envy’d their Success; and tho’ it +was a great while after this that I took a like +Run, yet you may be sure I form’d a Resolution +from that Time to do the like; and most of the +Time that I stay’d after this, was employ’d in picking +out a suitable Gang that I might depend upon, +as well to trust with the Secret of my going +away, as to take with me; and on whom I might +depend, and they on me, for keeping one another’s +Council when we should come into <i>Europe</i>. +</p> + +<p>It was in Pursuit of this Resolution that I went +this little Voyage to the South of the Island, +and the Gang I took with me prov’d very trusty, +but we found no Opportunity then for our +Escape: Two of the Men that we took Prisoners +would fain have gone with us, but we resolv’d to +trust none of them with the real and true Discovery +of our Circumstances; and as we had made +them believe mighty Things of ourselves, and of +the Posture of our Settlement, that we had 5000 +Men, 12 Men of War, and the like, we were resolv’d +they should carry the Delusion away with +them, and that no Body should undeceive them; +because, tho’ we had not such an immense Wealth +as was reported, and so as to be able to offer ten +Millions for our Pardon, yet we had a very great +Treasure; and, being nothing near so strong as +they had imagin’d, we might have been made a +Prey, with all our Riches, to any Set of Adventurers +who might undertake to attempt us, by +Consent of the Government of <i>England</i>, and make +the Expedition, <i>No Purchase no Pay.</i> +</p> + +<p>For this Reason we civily declin’d them, told +them we had Wealth enough, and therefore did +not now Cruise Abroad as we used to do, unless +we should hear of another Wedding of a King’s +Daughter; or unless some rich Fleet, or some +<!-- page 079 --> +Heathen Kingdom was to be attempted; and that +therefore a new Comer, or any Body of new Comers, +could do themselves no good by coming +over to us: If any Gang of Pirates or Buccaneers +would go upon their Adventures, and when they +had made themselves rich, would come and settle +with us, we would take them into our Protection, +and give them Land to build Towns and Habitations +for themselves, and so in Time we might +become a great Nation, and inhabit the whole +Island: I told them, the <i>Romans</i> themselves were, +at first, no better than such a Gang of Rovers as +we were; and who knew but our General, Captain +<i>Avery</i>, might lay the Foundation of as great an +Empire as they. +</p> + +<p>These big Words amaz’d the Fellows, and answer’d +my End to a Tittle; for they told such +Rhodomantading Stories of us, when they came +back to their Ships, and from them it spread so +universally all over the <i>East-Indies</i>, (for they were +Outward-bound) that none of the <i>English</i> or <i>Dutch</i> +Ships would come near <i>Madagascar</i> again, if they +could help it, for a great while, for Fear of us; +and we, who were soon after this dwindled away +to less than 100 Men, were very glad to have them +think us too strong to meddle with, or so strong +that no Body durst come near us. +</p> + +<p>After these Men were gone, we rov’d about to +the East Side of the Island, and in a Word, knew +not what to do, or what Course to take, for we +durst not put out to Sea in such a Bauble of a Boat +as we had under us; but tir’d at last, we came +back to the South Point of the Island again; in +our rounding the Island we saw a great <i>English</i>-built +Ship at Sea, but at too far Distance to speak with +her; and if it had not, we knew not what to +have said to her, for we were not strong enough to +attack her: We judg’d by her Course, she stood +<!-- page 080 --> +away from the Isle of St. <i>Maurice</i> or <i>Mauritius</i>, +for the <i>Cape of Good Hope</i>, and must, as we suppos’d, +come from the <i>Malabar</i> Coast, bound Home +for <i>England</i>; so we let her go. +</p> + +<p>We are now return’d back to our Settlement on +the North Part of the Island; and I have singl’d +out about 12 or 13 bold brave Fellows, with +whom I am resolv’d to venture to the Gulph of +<i>Persia</i>; twenty more of our Men have agreed to +carry us thither as Passengers in the Sloop, and try +their own Fortunes afterwards, for they allow we +are enough to go together. We resolve, when we +come to <i>Bassaro</i>, to separate into three Companies, +as if we did not know one another; to dress +ourselves as Merchants, for now we look like +Hell-hounds and Vagabonds; but when we are +well dress’d, we expect to look as other Men do. +If I come thither, I purpose, with two more, to +give my Companions the Slip, and travel as <i>Armenians</i> +thro’ <i>Persia</i> to the <i>Caspian</i> Sea, so to <i>Constantinople</i>; +and I doubt not we shall, one Way or +other, find our Way, with our Merchandize and +Money, to come into <i>France</i>, if not quite Home to +my own Country. Assure yourself<a id="corr-2"></a>, when I arrive +in any Part of Christendom, I will give you a farther +Account of my Adventures. +</p> + +<p class="signature"><i>Your Friend and Servant,</i> +</p> + + +<p class="right">AVERY. +</p> + +<p class="center"><i>The End of the First Letter.</i> +</p> +<!-- page 081 --> + +<h2 class="chapter" id="chapter-3"> +<span class="centerpic" id="img-081"><img src="images/081.jpg" alt="Illustration 081" /></span> +A Second LETTER</h2> + +<p class="address"><i>SIR,</i> +</p> + + +<p class="first"><span class="leftpic" id="dropI"><img src="images/dropI.jpg" alt="I" /></span> +<span class="hidden">I</span> WROTE my last Letter to you from +<i>Madagascar</i>, where I had continu’d so +long till my People began to drop from +me, some and some, and, indeed, I had, +at last, but few left; so that I began to apprehend +they would give an Account in <i>Europe</i>, how +weak I was, and how easy it was to attack me; +nay, and to make their Peace, might some of +them, at least, offer their Service to be Pilots to +my Port, and might guide the Fleets or Ships +that should attempt me. +</p> + +<p>With these Apprehensions, I not only was uneasy +myself, but made all my Men uneasy too; +for, as I was resolv’d to attempt my own Escape, +I did not care how many of my Men went before +me: But this you must take with you by the +Bye, that I never let them imagine that I intended +to stir from the Spot myself; I mean, after +my Return from the Ramble that I had taken +round the Island, of which I have given you an +Account; but, that I resolv’d to take up my Rest +in <i>Madagascar</i> as long as I liv’d; indeed, before, I +<!-- page 082 --> +said otherwise, as I wrote you before, and made +them all promise to fetch me away, but now I +gave it out that I was resolv’d to live and die +here; and therefore, a little before I resolv’d upon +going, I set to Work to build me a new House, +and to plant me a pretty Garden at a Distance +from our Fort; only I had a select Company, to +whom I communicated every Thing, and who +resolv’d that, at last, we would go altogether, +but that we would do it our own Way. +</p> + +<p>When I had finish’d my new House, (and a +mighty Palace you would say it was, if you had +been to see it) I remov’d to it, with eight of the +Gang that were to be my Fellow adventurers; +and to this Place we carry’d all our private +Wealth, that is to say, Jewels and Gold; as to our +Share of Silver, as it was too heavy to remove, +and must be done in Publick, I was oblig’d to +leave it behind; but we had a Stratagem for that +too, and it was thus: +</p> + +<p>We had a Sloop, as you have heard, and she +lay in our Harbour, ’tis true; but she lay ready to +sail upon any Occasion; and the Men, who were +of our Confederacy, who were not with me at +my Country-house, were twelve in Number: +These Men made a Proposal, that they would +take the Sloop, and go away to the Coast of +<i>Malabar</i>, or where else they could speed to their +Mind, and buy a Fraight of Rice for the publick +Account: In a free State as we were, every Body +was free to go wherever they would, so that no +Body oppos’d them; the only Dispute at any +Time, was about taking the Vessel we had to go +in: However, as these Men seem’d only to act +upon the publick Account, and to go to buy Provisions, +no Body offer’d to deny them the Sloop, so +<!-- page 083 --> +they prepar’d for their Voyage: Just as they were +ready to go, one of them starts it to the rest, that +it was very hazardous and difficult to run such a +Length every now and then to get a little Rice, +and if they would go, why should they not bring +a good Quantity? This was soon resolv’d; so they +agreed, they should take Money with them to +buy a good Ship wherever they could find her, +and then to buy a Loading of Rice to fill her up, +and so come away with her. +</p> + +<p>When this was agreed, they resolv’d to take no +Money out of the grand Stock, but to take such +Mens Money as were gone, and had left their +Money behind; and this being consented to, truly, +my Friends took the Occasion, and took all their +own Money, and mine, (being 64 little Chests +of Pieces of Eight) and carry’d it on Board, as if +it had been of Men that were Prick’d-run, and no +Body took any Notice of it. These twelve Men +had also now got twelve more with them, under +Pretence of manning a Ship, if we should buy +one, and in this Pickle away they put to Sea. +</p> + +<p>We had due Notice of every Thing that was +done; and having a Signal given of the Time +they resolv’d to go, we pack’d up all our Treasure, +and began our March to the Place appointed, +which from our Quarters was about forty +Mile farther North. +</p> + +<p>Our Habitation, that is to say, my new House, +was about sixteen Miles up the Country, so that +the rest of our People could have no Notice of our +March, neither did they miss us, at least, as I +heard of, for we never heard any more of them; +nor can I imagine what Condition or Circumstance +they can be in at present, if they are still +<!-- page 084 --> +upon the Place, as, however, I believe some of +them are. +</p> + +<p>We join’d our Comrades, with a great Deal of +Ease, about three Days afterwards, for we march’d +but softly, and they lay by for us: The Night +before we went on Board, we made them a Signal +by Fire, as we had appointed to let them +know where we were, and that we were at Hand; +so they sent their Boat and fetch’d us off, and +we embark’d without any Notice taken by the +Rest. +</p> + +<p>As we were now loose, and at Sea, our next +Business was to resolve whither we should go; +and I soon govern’d the Point, resolving for <i>Bassaro</i> +in the Gulph of <i>Persia</i>, where I knew we +might shift for ourselves: Accordingly, we steer’d +away for the <i>Arabian</i> Coast, and had good Weather +for some Time, even till we made the Land at a +great Distance, when we steer’d Eastward along +the Shore. +</p> + +<p>We saw several Ships, in our Way, bound to +and from the Red Sea, as we suppos’d, and, at +another Time, we would have been sure to have +spoken with them: But, we had done Pirating; +our Business now was, how to get off, and make +our Way to some Retreat, where we might enjoy +what we had got; so we took no Notice of any +Thing by the Way; but, when we was thus sailing +merrily along, the Weather began to change, +the Evening grew black and cloudy, and threaten’d +a Storm: We were in Sight or a little Island, +(I know nothing of its Name) under which we +might have anchor’d with Safety enough, but our +People made light of it, and went on. +</p> +<!-- page 085 --> + +<p>About an Hour after Sun-set the Wind began +to rise, and blew hard at N. E. and at N. E. by N. +and in two Hours Time encreas’d to such a Tempest, +as in all my Rambles I never met with the +like; we were not able to carry a Knot of Sail, or +to know what to do, but to stow every Thing +close, and let her drive; and, in this Condition +we continu’d all the Night, all the next Day, and +Part of the Night after; towards Morning the +Storm abated a little, but not so as to give us any +Prospect of pursuing our voyage; all the Ease we +had, was, that we could just carry a little Sail to +steddy the Vessel, and run away before it; which +we did at that violent Rate, that we never +abated ’till we made Land on the East Side of +<i>Madagascar</i>, the very Island we came from, only +on the other Side of the Island. +</p> + +<p>However, we were glad we had any Place to +run to for Harbour; so we put in under the Lee +of a Point of Land that gave us Shelter from the +Wind, and where we came to an Anchor, after +being all of us almost dead with the Fatigue; and, +if our Sloop had not been an extraordinary Sea-boat, +she could never have born such a Sea, for +twelve Days together, as we were in, the worst +I ever saw before or since. We lay here, to refresh +ourselves, about twenty Days; and, indeed, +the Wind blew so hard all the while, that if we +had been dispos’d to go to Sea, we could not have +done it; and, being here, about seven of our Men +began to repent their Bargain, and left us, which +I was not sorry for. It seems, the principal Reason +of their looking back, was, their being of +those who had left their Money behind them. +They did not leave us without our Consent, and +therefore our Carpenters built them a Boat, during +the three Weeks we stay’d here, and fitted it +<!-- page 086 --> +very handsomely for them, with a Cabin for their +Convenience, and a Mast and Sail, with which +they might very well sail round to our Settlement, +as we suppose they did: We gave them +Fire-arms and Ammunition sufficient, and left +them furnishing themselves with Provisions; and +this, we suppose, was the Boat, tho’ with other +Men in it, which adventur’d afterwards as far as +the <i>Cape of Good Hope</i>, and was taken up by a +<i>Portugese</i> in Distress, by which Means they got +Passage for themselves to <i>Lisbone</i>, pretending they +had made their Escape from the Pirates at <i>Madagascar</i>; +but we were told, that the <i>Portuguese</i> Captain +took a good deal of their Money from +them, under Pretence of keeping it from his own +Seamen; and that when they came on Shore, and +began to claim it, he threaten’d them with taking +them up, and prosecuting them for Pirates, which +made them compound with him, and take about +10000 Dollars for above 120000, which they had +with them; which, by the Way, was but a scurvy +Trick: They had, it seems, a considerable +Quantity of Gold among them, which they +had the Wit to conceal from the Captain of the +Ship, and which was enough for such Fellows +as them, and more than they well knew what to +do with; so that they were rich enough still, +tho’ the <i>Portugal</i> Captain was nevertheless a Knave +for all that. +</p> + +<p>We left them here, as I have said, and put to +Sea again; and, in about twenty Days Sail, having +pretty good Weather, we arriv’d at the Gulph +of <i>Persia</i>: It would be too long to give you an +Account of the particular Fortunes of some of our +People after this, the Variety of which would fill +a Volume by itself: But, in the first Place, we, +who were determin’d to travel, went on Shore +<!-- page 087 --> +at <i>Bassaro</i>, leaving the rest of our Men to buy +Rice, and load the larger Vessel back to their +Comrades, which they promis’d to do; but how +far they perform’d I know not. +</p> + +<p>We were thirteen of us that went on Shore here; +from whence we hir’d a kind of Barge, or rather +a Bark, which, after much Difficulty, and very +unhandy Doings of the Men who we had hir’d, +brought us to <i>Babylon</i>, or <i>Bagdat</i>, as it is now +call’d. +</p> + +<p>Our Treasure was so great, that if it had been +known what we had about us, I am of Opinion we +should never have troubl’d <i>Europe</i> with our Company: +However, we gat safe to <i>Babylon</i> or<i> Bagdat</i>, +where we kept ourselves <i>Incog</i> for a while, +took a House by ourselves, and lay four or five +Days still, till we had got Vests and long Gowns +made to appear Abroad in as <i>Armenian</i> Merchants. +After we had got Cloaths, and look’d like +other People, we began to appear Abroad; and I, +that from the Beginning had meditated my Escape +by myself, began now to put it into Practice; and, +walking one Morning upon the Bank of the River +<i>Euphrates</i>, I mus’d with myself what Course I should +take to make off, and get quite away from the +Gang, and let them not so much as suspect me. +</p> + +<p>While I was walking here, comes up one of my +Comrades, and one who I always took for my +particular Friend: I know what you are employ’d +in, <i>said he</i>, while you seem only to be musing, +and refreshing yourself with the cool Breeze. Why, +<i>said I</i>, what am I musing about? Why, <i>said he</i>, +you are studying how you should get away from +us; but, muse upon it as long as you will, <i>says he</i>, +you shall never go without me, for I am resolv’d +<!-- page 088 --> +to go with you which Way soever you take. +’Tis true, <i>says I</i>, I was musing which Way I should +go, but not which Way I should go without you; +for tho’ I would be willing to part Company, +yet you cannot think I would go alone; and you +know I have chosen you out from all the Company +to be the Partner of all my Adventures. +</p> + +<p>Very well, <i>says he</i>, but I am to tell you now, +that it is not only necessary that we should not +go all together; but, our Men have all concluded, +that we should make our Escape every +one for himself, and should separate as we could; +so that you need make no Secret of your Design +any more than of the Way you intend to take. +</p> + +<p>I was glad enough of this News, and it made +me very easy in the Preparations we made for +our setting out: And, the first Thing we did, +was, to get us more Cloaths, having some made of +one Fashion, some of another; but, my Friend +and I, who resolv’d to keep together, made us +Cloaths after the Fashion of the <i>Armenian</i> Merchants, +whose Country we pretended to travel +through. +</p> + +<p>In the mean Time, five of our Men dress’d like +Merchants; and, laying out their Money in Raw +Silk, and Wrought Silks, and other Goods of the +Country, proper for <i>Europe</i>, (in which they were +directed by an <i>English</i> Merchant there) resolv’d to +take the usual Rout, and travel by the Caravans +from <i>Babylon</i> to <i>Alleppo</i>, and so to <i>Scanderoon</i>, and +we staid and saw them and their Bales go off +in Boats for a great Town on the <i>Euphrates</i>, +where the Caravans begin to take up the Passengers; +the other six divided themselves, one Half +of them went for <i>Agra</i>, the Country of the Great +<!-- page 089 --> +Mogul, resolving to go down +the River <i>Hoogly</i> to <i>Bengal</i>; but whither they +went afterward or what Course they took, I never +knew, neither whether they really went at all +or not. +</p> + +<p>The other three went by Sea, in a <i>Persian</i> Vessel, +back from the Red Sea to the Gulf of <i>Mocca</i>, and +I heard of them all three at <i>Marseilles</i>; but whither +they went afterwards I never knew, nor could I come +to speak with them even there. +</p> + +<p>As for me and my Friend, we first laid out all the +Silver we had in <i>European</i> Ware, such as we knew +would vend at <i>Ispahan</i>, which we carry’d upon twelve +Camels; and hiring some Servants, as well for our +Guide as our Guard, we set out. +</p> + +<p>The Servants we hir’d were a Kind of <i>Arab</i>, but +rather looking like the Great Mogul’s people, than +real <i>Arabians</i>; and when we came into <i>Persia</i>, we +found they were look’d upon as no better than Dogs, +and were not only used ill, but that we were used +ill for their Sakes; and after we were come three +Days into the <i>Persian</i> Dominions, we found ourselves +oblig’d to part with them; so we gave them three +Dollars a Man to go back again. +</p> + +<p>They understood their Business very well, and knew +well enough what was the Reason of it, though we did +not. However, we found we had committed a great +Mistake in it; for we perceiv’d that they were so +exasperated at being turn’d off, that they vowed to +be revenged; and, indeed, they had their Revenge +to the Full; for the same Day, at Night, they return’d +in the Dark, and set eleven Houses on Fire in the +Town where we quartered; which, by the Way, had +gone near to have cost me my Life, and would certainly +have done so, if in the Hurry I had not seiz’d +one of the Incendiaries and deliver’d him up to +them. +</p> + +<p>The People were so provok’d at him that was +taken that they fell upon him with all possible Fury +as the common Incendiary and Burner of the Town, +and presently quitted us (for they had before vowed +our Destruction) but, as I said, quitted us immediately, +and thronged about the Wretch they had +taken; and, indeed, I made no Question but that +they would have immediately murder’d him (nay, +that they would have torn him in Pieces before they +parted with him). But after they had vented their +Rage at him for some Time with all possible Reproaches +and Indignities, they carry’d him before the <i>Cadi</i>, or +Judge of the Place. The <i>Cadi</i>, a wise, grave Man, +answered, no, he would not judge him at that Time, +for they were too hot and passionate to do Justice; +but they should come with him in the Morning, when +they were cool, and he would hear them. +</p> + +<p>It is true this was a most excellent Step of the +<i>Cadi</i> as to the right Way of doing Justice; but it did +not prove the most expedient in the present Occasion, +though that was none of his Fault neither; for in the +Night the Fellow got out of their Hands, by what +Means or by whose Assistance I never heard to this +Day; and the <i>Cadi</i> fined the Town in a considerable +Sum for letting a Man accused of a capital Crime +make his Escape before he was adjudged, and, as we +call it, discharged according to Law. +</p> + +<p>This was an eminent Instance of the Justice of these +People; and though they were doubly enraged at the +Escape of the Fellow, who, without +<!-- page 091 --> +Doubt, was guilty, yet they never open’d their +Mouths against the <i>Cadi</i>; but acquiesc’d in his Judgment, +as in that of an Oracle, and submitted to +the national Censure, or Censure according to the +Custom of their Nation, which he had pass’d upon +them in their publick Capacity for the Escape +of the Man. +</p> + +<p>We were willing to get out of this Place as +soon as we could; for we found the Peoples Rage, +which wanted an Object to vent itself upon, began +to threaten us again: So having pack’d up +our Goods, and gotten five ordinary Camel-Drivers +for our Servants in the Country, we set out +again. +</p> + +<p>The Roads in <i>Persia</i> are not so much frequented, +as to be well accommodated with Inns, so that +several Times we were oblig’d to lodge upon the +Ground in the Way; but our new Servants took +Care to furnish us with Lodging; for as soon as we +let them know we wanted Rest, and inclin’d to stop, +they set up a Tent for us, in so short a Time, that +we were scarce able to imagine it possible, and +under this we encamp’d, our Camels being just +by us, and our Servants and Bales lying all +hard by. +</p> + +<p>Once or twice we lodg’d in publick Inns, built +at the King of <i>Persia</i>’s Charge: These are fair large +Buildings, built square, like a large Inn, they +have all of them large Stables, and good Forrage +for the Camels and Horses, and Apartments for +perhaps two or three hundred People, and they +are call’d <i>Caravansera’s</i>, as being built to entertain +whole Caravans of Travellers: On the great +<!-- page 092 --> +Roads to <i>Tauris</i> and the Side of <i>Turky</i> they are +all fortify’d, and are able to entertain five or six +Thousand People, and have a Stock to furnish +what Number of Men can come with Provisions; +nay, it has been known, that whole armies of +the <i>Persians</i> have on their March been furnish’d +with Provisions in one of these <i>Caravansera’s</i>, and +that they have kill’d 2000 Sheep for them in one +Night’s Time. +</p> + +<p>In this Manner we travell’d to <i>Ispahan</i>, the Capital +of <i>Persia</i>, where appearing as Merchants, and +with several Camels loaden with Merchandize, +we pass’d all Possibility of Suspicion, and being +perfectly easy, we continu’d here some Time, +sold our Cargoes, and would gladly have remitted +the Money to other Places, as for <i>Constantinople</i> +in particular; but we found the <i>Turks</i> and +<i>Persians</i> have no such Thing as an Exchange, by +Bills running between them and other Nations, +no, nor between one Town and another. +</p> + +<p>We were invited here by a sudden Accident to +have gone Home by the <i>Caspian</i> Sea and <i>Astracan</i>, +so thro’ <i>Muscovy</i>; but I had heard so much +of the Barbarity of the <i>Russians</i>, the dangerous +Navigation of the <i>Caspian</i> Sea by Reason of the +Calms and Shoals, the Hazard of being robb’d by +the <i>Tartars</i> on the River <i>Wolga</i>, and the like, that +I chose to travel to <i>Constantinople</i>, a Journey +through Desarts, over Mountains and Wastes, among +so many Sorts of Barbarians, that I would +run any Kind of Hazards by Sea, before I would +attempt such a Thing again. +</p> +<!-- page 093 --> + +<p>It would deserve another History to let you +into all the different Circumstances of this Journey; +how well I was us’d by some, and how ill +by others; nay, how well by some <i>Mahometans</i>, +how ill by some Christians: But it shall suffice +to tell you, that I am at present at <i>Constantinople</i>; +and, tho’ I write this here, I do not purpose +to send it to you till I come to <i>Marseilles</i> +in <i>France</i>; from whence I intend to go and live +in some inland Town, where, as they have, +perhaps, no Notion of the Sea, so they will not be +inquisitive after us. +</p> + +<p class="signature">I am, <i>&c.</i> +</p> + + +<p class="center"><i>FINIS.</i> +</p> + +<div class="centerpic" id="img-093"><img src="images/093.jpg" alt="Illustration 093" /></div> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +<div class="trnote"> +<p class="center"><a id="Notes"><b>Transcriber's Notes</b></a></p> + +<p class="noindent"> +The text was left as close to the original as possible, including obsolete +and inconsistent spelling. The transcriber made only a very few changes to the +text to correct obvious errors: +</p> + +<ul> +<li> Enterpize — changed to <a href="#corr-1"><i>Enterprize</i></a></li> +<li> youself — changed to <a href="#corr-2"><i>yourself</i></a></li> +</ul> +</div> + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The King of Pirates, by Daniel Defoe + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE KING OF PIRATES *** + +***** This file should be named 37992-h.htm or 37992-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/3/7/9/9/37992/ + +Produced by Jens Sadowski (This file was produced from +images generously made available by The Internet Archive) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/37992-h/images/001.jpg b/37992-h/images/001.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d1f7a1e --- /dev/null +++ b/37992-h/images/001.jpg diff --git a/37992-h/images/081.jpg b/37992-h/images/081.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..84cfad8 --- /dev/null +++ b/37992-h/images/081.jpg diff --git a/37992-h/images/093.jpg b/37992-h/images/093.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7c2f3c --- /dev/null +++ b/37992-h/images/093.jpg diff --git a/37992-h/images/dropI.jpg b/37992-h/images/dropI.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..844178c --- /dev/null +++ b/37992-h/images/dropI.jpg diff --git a/37992-h/images/dropO.jpg b/37992-h/images/dropO.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2fa534b --- /dev/null +++ b/37992-h/images/dropO.jpg diff --git a/37992-h/images/dropY.jpg b/37992-h/images/dropY.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ce3a038 --- /dev/null +++ b/37992-h/images/dropY.jpg diff --git a/37992-h/images/i003.jpg b/37992-h/images/i003.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7c7571 --- /dev/null +++ b/37992-h/images/i003.jpg diff --git a/37992-h/images/title.jpg b/37992-h/images/title.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..57cecb2 --- /dev/null +++ b/37992-h/images/title.jpg diff --git a/37992.txt b/37992.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..af70a58 --- /dev/null +++ b/37992.txt @@ -0,0 +1,2912 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The King of Pirates, by Daniel Defoe + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The King of Pirates + Being an Account of the Famous Enterprises of Captain + Avery, the Mock King of Madagascar + +Author: Daniel Defoe + +Release Date: November 12, 2011 [EBook #37992] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE KING OF PIRATES *** + + + + +Produced by Jens Sadowski (This file was produced from +images generously made available by The Internet Archive) + + + + + + +THE King of PIRATES: + +BEING AN ACCOUNT OF THE Famous ENTERPRISES OF +Captain _AVERY_, +The Mock KING of _Madagascar_. + +WITH + +His RAMBLES and PIRACIES; wherein +all the Sham ACCOUNTS formerly +publish'd of him, are detected. + + + +_In Two LETTERS from himself; +one during his Stay at_ Madagascar, _and +one since his Escape from thence._ + + + +_LONDON_, + +Printed for _A. Bettesworth_ in _Pater-noster Row_, _C. King_ +in _Westminster-Hall_, _J. Brotherton_ and _W. Meadows_ in _Cornhill_, +_W. Chetwood_ in _Covent-Garden_, and sold by _W. Boreham_ in +_Pater-noster Row_, 1720. + +(Price 1 _s._ 6 _d._) + + + + + + + + + + + + +THE PREFACE + + +ONE of the particular Advantages of the following Letters from +Captain _Avery_, is, the Satisfaction they will give the Readers how much +they have been impos'd upon in the former ridiculous and extravagant +Accounts which have been put upon the World in what has been publish'd +already._ + +_It has been enough to the Writers of this Man's Life, as they call it, +that they could put any Thing together, to make a kind of monstrous unheard +of Story, as romantick as the Reports that have been spread about of him; +and the more those Stories appear'd monstrous and incredible, the more +suitable they seem'd to be to what the World would have been made to expect +of Captain _Avery_._ + +_There is always a great Deference between what Men say of themselves, and +what others say for them, when they come to write Historically of the +Transactions of their Lives._ + +_The Publisher of these Letters recommends this Performance to the Readers, +to make their Judgment of the Difference between them and the extravagant +Stories already told, and which is most likely to be genuine; and, as they +verily believe these Letters to be the best and truest Account of Captain +_Avery_'s Piracies, that ever has or ever will come to the Knowledge of the +World, they recommend them as such, and doubt not but they will answer for +themselves in the Reading._ + +_The Account given of Captain _Avery_'s taking the Great Mogul's Daughter, +ravishing and murdering her, and all the Ladies of her Retinue, is so +differently related here, and so extravagantly related before, that it +cannot but be a Satisfaction to the most unconcern'd Reader, to find such a +horrible Piece of Villainy as the other was suppos'd to be, not to have +been committed in the World._ + +_On the contrary, we find here, that except plundering that Princess of her +Jewels and Money to a prodigious Value, a Thing which, falling into the +Hands of Freebooters, every one that had the Misfortune to fall into such +Hands would expect: But, that excepting this, the Lady was used with all +the Decency and Humanity, and, perhaps, with more than ever Women, falling +among Pirates, had found before; especially considering that, by Report, +she was a most beautiful and agreeable Person herself, as were also several +of those about her._ + +_The Booty taken with her, tho' infinitely great in itself, yet has been so +magnify'd beyond common Sense, that it makes all the rest that has been +said of those Things ridiculous and absurd._ + +_The like Absurdity in the former Relations of this Matter, is that of the +making an Offer of I know not how many Millions to the late Queen, for +Captain _Avery_'s Pardon, with a Petition to the Queen, and her Majesty's +negative Answer; all which are as much true as his being Master of so many +Millions if Money, which he nor his Gang never had; and of his being +proclaim'd King of _Madagascar_; marrying the Mogul's Daughter, and the +like: And, by the Bye, it was but ill laid together of those who publish'd, +that he first ravish'd her, then murder'd her, and then marry'd her; all +which are very remarkable for the recommending the Thing to those that read +it._ + +_If these Stories are explain'd here, and duly expos'd, and the History of +Captain _Avery_ set in a fairer Light, the End is answer'd; and of this the +Readers are to be the only Judges: But this may be said, without any +Arrogance, that this Story, stripp'd of all the romantick, improbable, and +impossible Parts of it, looks more like the History of Captain _Avery_, +than any Thing yet publish'd ever has done; and, if it is not prov'd that +the Captain wrote these Letters himself, the Publisher says, None but the +Captain himself will ever be able to mend them._ + + + + +THE King of PIRATES. + + +YOU may be sure I receiv'd with Resentment enough the Account, +that a most ridiculous Book, entitled, _My Life and Adventures_, had been +publish'd in _England_, being fully assur'd nothing of Truth could be +contain'd in such a Work; and tho' it may be true, that my extravagant +Story may be the proper Foundation of a Romance, yet as no Man has a Title +to publish it better than I have to expose and contradict it, I send you +this by one of my particular Friends, who having an Opportunity of +returning into _England_, has promis'd to convey it faithfully to you; by +which, at least, two Things shall be made good to the World; first, that +they shall be satisfy'd in the scandalous and unjust Manner in which others +have already treated me, and it shall give, in the mean Time, a larger +Account of what may at present be fit to be made publick, of my unhappy +tho' successful Adventures. + +I shall not trouble my Friends with any Thing of my Original and first +Introduction into the World, I leave it to you to add from yourself what +you think proper to be known on that Subject; only this I enjoin you to +take Notice of, that the Account printed of me, with all the Particulars of +my Marriage, my being defrauded, and leaving my Family and native Country +on that Account, is a meer Fable and a made Story, to embellish, as the +Writer of it perhaps suppos'd, the rest of his Story, or perhaps to fill up +the Book, that it might swell to a Magnitude which his barren Invention +could not supply. + +In the present Account, I have taken no Notice of my Birth, Infancy, Youth, +or any of that Part; which, as it was the most useless Part of my Years to +myself so 'tis the most useless to any one that shall read this Work to +know, being altogether barren of any Thing remarkable in it self, or +instructing to others: It is sufficient to me to let the World know, as +above, that the former Accounts, made publick, are utterly false, and to +begin my Account of myself at a Period which may be more useful and +entertaining. + +It may be true, that I may represent some Particulars of my Life, in this +Tract, with Reserve, or Enlargement, such as may be sufficient to conceal +any Thing in my present Circumstance that ought to be conceal'd and +reserv'd, with Respect to my own Safety; and therefore, if on Pretence of +Justice the busy World should look for me in one Part of the World when I +am in another, search for my new Kingdom in _Madagascar_, and should not +find it, or search for my Settlement on one Side of the Island, when it +lies on another, they must not take this ill; for Self-preservation being +the supreme Law of Nature, all Things of this Kind must submit to that. + +In Order then to come immediately to my Story, I shall, without any +Circumlocutions, give you Leave to tell the World, that being bred to the +Sea from a Youth, none of those romantick Introductions publish'd had any +Share in my Adventures, or were any way the Cause of my taking the Courses +I have since been embark'd in: But as in several Parts of my wandring Life +I had seen something of the immense Wealth, which the Buccaneers, and other +Adventurers, met with in their scouring about the World for Purchase, I +had, for a long Time, meditated in my Thoughts to get possess'd of a good +Ship for that Purpose, if I could, and to try my Fortune. I had been some +Years in the Bay of _Campeachy_, and tho' with Patience I endur'd the +Fatigue of that laborious Life, yet it was as visible to others as to +myself, that I was not form'd by Nature for a Logwood-Cutter, any more than +I was for a Foremast-man; and therefore Night and Day I apply'd myself to +study how I should dismiss myself from that Drudgery, and get to be, first +or last, Master of a good Ship, which was the utmost of my Ambition at that +Time; resolving, in the mean Time, that when ever any such Thing should +happen, I would try my Fortune in the Cruising Trade, but would be sure not +to prey upon my own Countrymen. + +It was many Years after this before I could bring my Purposes to pass; and +I serv'd, first, in some of the Adventures of Captain _Sharp_, Captain +_Sawkins_, and others, in their bold Adventures in the South Seas, where I +got a very good Booty; was at the taking of _Puna_, where we were oblig'd +to leave infinite Wealth behind us, for want of being able to bring it +away; and after several Adventures in those Seas, was among that Party who +fought their Way Sword in Hand thro' all the Detachments of the +_Spaniards_, in the Journey over Land, cross the Isthmus of _Darien_, to +the North Seas; and when other of our Men gat away, some one Way, some +another, I, with twelve more of our Men, by Help of a _Periagua_, gat into +the Bay of _Campeachy_, where we fell very honestly to cutting of Logwood, +not for Want, but to employ ourselves till we could make off. + +Here three of our Men dy'd, and we that were left, shar'd their Money among +us; and having stay'd here two Years, without seeing any Way of Escape that +I dar'd to trust to, I at last, with two of our Men, who spoke _Spanish_ +perfectly well, made a desperate Attempt to travel over Land to L-- having +bury'd all our Money, (which was worth eight thousand Pieces of Eight a +Man, tho' most of it in Gold) in a Pit in the Earth which we dug twelve +Foot deep, and where it would have lyen still, for no Man knew where to +look for it; but we had an Opportunity to come at it again some Years +after. + +We travell'd along the Sea-shore five Days together, the Weather exceeding +hot, and did not doubt but we should so disguise ourselves as to be taken +for _Spaniards_; but our better Fortune provided otherwise for us, for the +sixth Day of our March we found a Canoe lying on the Shore with no one in +her: We found, however, several Things in her, which told us plainly that +she belong'd to some _Englishmen_ who were on Shore; so we resolv'd to sit +down by her and wait: By and by we heard the _Englishmen_, who were seven +in Number, and were coming back to their Boat, having been up the Country +to an _Ingenio_, where they had gotten great Quantities of Provision, and +were bringing it down to their Boat which they had left on the Shore, (with +the Help of five _Indians_, of whom they had bought it) not thinking there +was any People thereabouts: When they saw us, not knowing who we were, they +were just going to fire at us; when I, perceiving it, held up a white Flag +as high as I could reach it, which was, in short, only a Piece of an old +Linnen Wastcoat which I had on, and pull'd it off for the Occasion; upon +this, however, they forbore firing at us, and when they came nearer to us, +they could easily see that we were their own Countrymen: They enquir'd of +us what we came there for; we told them, we had travell'd from _Campeachy_, +where being tir'd with the Hardships of our Fortune, and not getting any +Vessel to carry us where we durst go, we were even desperate, and cared not +what became of us; so that had not they came to us thus happily, we should +have put our selves into the Hands of the _Spaniards_ rather than have +perish'd where we were. + +They took us into their Boat, and afterwards carry'd us on Board their +Ship; when we came there, we found they were a worse Sort of Wanderers than +ourselves, for tho' we had been a Kind of Pyrates, known and declar'd +Enemies to the _Spaniards_, yet it was to them only, and to no other; for +we never offer'd to rob any of our other _European_ Nations, either _Dutch_ +or _French_, much less _English_; but now we were listed in the Service of +the Devil indeed, and, like him, were at War with all Mankind. + +However, we not only were oblig'd to sort with them, while with them, but +in a little Time the Novelty of the Crime wore off, and we grew harden'd to +it, like the rest: And in this Service I spent four Years more of my Time. + +Our Captain in this Pirate Ship was nam'd _Nichols_, but we call'd him +Captain _Redhand_; it seems it was a _Scots_ Sailor gave him that Name, +when he was not the Head of the Crew, because he was so bloody a Wretch, +that he scarce ever was at the taking any Prize, but he had a Hand in some +Butchery or other. + +They were hard put to it for fresh Provisions, or they would not have sent +thus up into the Country a single Canoe; and when I came on Board they were +so straiten'd, that, by my Advice, they resolv'd to go to the Isle of +_Cuba_ to kill wild Beef, of which the South Side of the Island is so full: +Accordingly we sail'd thither directly. + +The Vessel carry'd sixteen Guns, but was fitted to carry twenty two, and +there was on Board one hundred and sixty stout Fellows, as bold and as +case-harden'd for the Work as ever I met with upon any Occasion whatever: +We victual'd in this Place for eight Months, by our Calculation; but our +Cook, who had the Management of the Salting and Pickling the Beef, order'd +his Matters so, that had he been let alone he would have starv'd us all, +and poison'd us too; for as we are oblig'd to hunt the black Cattle in the +Island sometimes a great while before we can shoot them, it should be +observ'd, that the Flesh of those that are heated before they are kill'd, +is not fit to be pickled or salted up for Keeping. + +But this Man happening to pickle up the Beef, without Regard to this +particular Distinction, most of the Beef, so pickled, stunk before we left +the Place, so that we were oblig'd to throw it all away: The Men then said +it was impossible to salt any Beef in those hot Countries, so as to +preserve it, and would have had us given it over, and ha' gone to the Coast +of _New England_, or _New York_, for Provisions; but I soon convinc'd them +of the Mistake, and by only using the Caution, _viz._ not to salt up any +Beef of those Cattle that had been hunted, we cur'd one hundred and forty +Barrels of very good Beef, and such as lasted us a very great while. + +I began to be of some Repute among them upon this Occasion, and _Redhand_ +took me into the Cabin with him to consult upon all Emergencies, and gave +me the Name of Captain, though I had then no Command: By this Means I gave +him an Account of all my Adventures in the South Seas, and what a +prodigious Booty we got there with Captain _Goignet_, the _Frenchman_, and +with Captain _Sharp_, and others; encouraging him to make an Attempt that +Way, and proposing to him to go away to the _Brasils_, and so round by the +Straits of _Magellan_, or _Cape Horn_. + +However, in this he was more prudent than I, and told me, that not only the +Strength but the Force of his Ship was too small, not but that he had Men +enough, as he said very well, but he wanted more Guns, and a better Ship; +for indeed the Ship we were in was but a weak crazy Boat for so long a +Voyage: So he said he approv'd my Project very well, but that he thought we +should try to take some more substantial Vessel for the Business: And says +he, if we could but take a good stout Ship, fit to carry thirty Guns, and a +Sloop, or Brigantine, he would go with all his Heart. + +This I could not but approve of; so we form'd the Scheme of the Design, and +he call'd all his Men together, and propos'd it to them, and they all +approv'd it with a general Consent; and I had the Honour of being the +Contriver of the Voyage. From this Time we resolv'd, some how or other, to +get a better Ship under us, and it was not long before an Opportunity +presented to our Mind. + +Being now upon the Coast of the Island of _Cuba_, we stood away West, +coasting the Island, and so went away for _Florida_, where we cruis'd among +the Islands, and in the Wake of the Gulph; but nothing presented a great +while; at length we spy'd a Sail, which prov'd an _English_ homeward bound +Ship from _Jamaica_: We immediately chac'd her, and came up with her; she +was a stout Ship, and the Captain defended her very well; and had she not +been a comber'd deep Ship, being full loaded, so that they could scarce +come at their Guns, we should have had our Hands full of her. But when they +found what we were, and that, being full of Men, we were resolv'd to be on +Board them, and that we had hoisted the black Flag, a Signal that we would +give them no Quarter, they began to sink in their Spirits, and soon after +cry'd Quarter, offering to yield: _Redhand_ would have given them no +Quarter, but, according to his usual Practice, would have thrown the Men +all into the Sea; but I prevail'd with him to give them Quarter, and good +Usage too; and so they yielded; and a very rich Prize it was, only that we +knew not what to do with the Cargo. + +When we came to consider more seriously the Circumstances we were in by +taking this Ship, and what we should do with her, we found, that she was +not only deep loaden, but was a very heavy Sailer, and that, in short, she +was not such a Ship as we wanted; so, upon long Debate, we resolv'd to take +out of her all the Rum, the Indigo, and the Money we could come at, with +about twenty Casks of Sugar, and twelve of her Guns, with all the +Ammunition, small Arms, Bullets, _&c._ and let her go; which was +accordingly done, to the great Joy of the Captain that commanded her: +However, we took in her about six thousand Pounds Sterling in Pieces of +Eight. + +But the next Prize we met, suited us better on all Accounts, being a Ship +from _Kingsale_ in _Ireland_, loaden with Beef, and Butter, and Beer, for +_Barbadoes_; never was Ship more welcome to Men in our Circumstances; this +was the very Thing we wanted: We saw the Ship early in the Morning, at +about five Leagues Distance, and we was three Days in Chace of her; she +stood from us, as if she would have run away for the _Cape de Verd_ +Islands, and two or three Times we thought she sail'd so well she would +have got away from us, but we had always the good Luck to get Sight of her +in the Morning: She was about 260 Tun, an _English_ Frigat-built Ship, and +had 12 Guns on Board, but could carry 20. The Commander was a Quaker, but +yet had he been equal to us in Force, it appear'd by his Countenance he +would not have been afraid of his Flesh, or have baulk'd using the Carnal +Weapon of Offence, _viz._ the Cannon Ball. + +We soon made ourselves Master of this Ship when once we came up with him, +and he was every Thing that we wanted; so we began to shift our Guns into +her, and shifted about 60 Tun of her Butter and Beef into our own Frigate; +this made the _Irish_ Vessel be a clear Ship, lighter in the Water, and +have more Room on Board for Fight, if Occasion offer'd. + +When we had the old Quaking Skipper on Board, we ask'd him whether he would +go along with us; he gave us no Answer at first; but when we ask'd him +again, he return'd, that he did not know whether it might be safe for him +to answer the Question: We told him, he should either go or stay, as he +pleas'd; Why then, says he, I had rather ye will give me Leave to decline +it. + +We gave him Leave, and accordingly set him on Shore afterwards at _Nevis_, +with ten of his Men; the rest went along with us as Volunteers, except the +Carpenter and his Mate, and the Surgeon, those we took by Force: We were +now supply'd as well as Heart could wish, had a large Ship in our +Possession, with Provisions enough for a little Fleet rather than for a +single Ship. So with this Purchase we went away for the _Leeward Islands_, +and fain we would have met with some of the _New York_ or _New England_ +Ships, which generally come loaden with Peas, Flower, Pork, _&c._ But it +was a long while before any Thing of that Kind presented. We had promis'd +the _Irish_ Captain to set him on Shore, with his Company, at _Nevis_, but +we were not willing till we had done our Business in those Seas, because of +giving the Alarm among the Islands; so we went away for St. _Domingo_, and +making that Island our Rendezvous, we cruis'd to the Eastward, in Hopes of +some Purchase; it was not long before we spy'd a Sail, which prov'd to be a +_Burmoodas_ Sloop, but bound from _Virginia_ or _Maryland_, with Flower, +Tobacco, and some Malt; the last a Thing which in particular we knew not +what to do with: However, the Flower and Tobacco was very welcome, and the +Sloop no less welcome than the rest; for she was a very large Vessel, and +carry'd near 60 Tun, and when not so deep loaden, prov'd an excellent +Sailer. Soon after this we met with another Sloop, but she was bound from +_Barbadoes_ to _New England_, with Rum, Sugar, and Molosses: Nothing +disturb'd us in taking this Vessel, but that being willing enough to let +her go; (for as to the Sugar and Molosses, we had neither Use for them, or +Room for them) but to have let her go, had been to give the Alarm to all +the Coast of _North America_, and then what we wanted would never come in +our Way. Our Captain, justly call'd _Redhand_, or _Bloodyhand_, was +presently for dispatching them, that they might tell no Tales; and, indeed, +the Necessity of the Method had very near prevail'd; nor did I much +interpose here, I know not why, but some of the other Men put him in as +good a Way; and that was, to bring the Sloop to an Anchor under the Lee of +St. _Domingo_, and take away all her Sails, that she should not stir till +we gave her Leave. + +We met with no less than five Prizes more here in about 20 Days Cruise, but +none of them for our Turn; one of them, indeed, was a Vessel bound to St. +_Christopher_'s with _Madera_ Wine: We borrow'd about 20 Pipes of the Wine, +and let her go. Another was a _New England_ built Ship, of about 150 Tun, +bound also Home with Sugar and Molosses, which was good for nothing to us; +however, we gat near 1000 _l._ on Board her in Pieces of Eight, and taking +away her Sails, as before, brought her to an Anchor under the Lee of the +Sloop: At last we met with what we wanted, and this was another Ship of +about 100 Tun, from _New England_, bound to _Barbadoes_; she had on Board +150 Barrels of Flower, about 350 Barrels of Pease, and 10 Tun of Pork +barrell'd up and pickel'd, besides some live Hogs, and some Horses, and six +Tun of Beer. + +We were now sufficiently provided for; in all those Prizes we got also +about 56 Men, who, by Choice and Volunteer, agree'd to go along with us, +including the Carpenters and Surgeons, who we oblig'd always to go; so that +we were now above 200 Men, two Ships, and the _Burmoodas_ Sloop; and giving +the other Sloop, and the _New England_ homeward bound Ship their Sails +again, we let them go; and as to the Malt which we took in the _Burmoodas_ +Sloop, we gave it the last _New England_ Master, who was going to +_Barbadoes_. + +We gat in all those Ships, besides the Provisions above-mention'd, about +200 Musquets and Pistols, good Store of Cutlasses, about 20 Tun of Iron +Shot and Musquet Ball, and 33 Barrels of good Powder, which was all very +suitable Things to our Occasions. + +We were fully satisfy'd, as we said to one another, now, and concluded that +we would stand away to the Windward, as well as we could, towards the Coast +of _Africa_, that we might come in the Wind's Way for the Coast of +_Brasil_; but our Frigat (I mean that we were first shipp'd in) was yet out +upon the Cruise, and not come in; so we came to an Anchor to wait for her, +when, behold, the next Morning she came in with full Sail, and a Prize in +Tow: She had, it seems, been farther West than her Orders, but had met with +a _Spanish_ Prize, whither bound, or from whence, I remember we did not +enquire, but we found in her, besides Merchandize, which we had no Occasion +for, 65000 Pieces of Eight in Silver, some Gold, and two Boxes of Pearl of +a good Value; five _Dutch_, or rather _Flemish_, Seamen that were on Board +her, were willing to go with us; and as to the rest of the Cargo, we let +her go, only finding four of her Guns were Brass, we took them into our +Ship, with seven great Jars of Powder, and some Cannon-Shot, and let her +go, using the _Spaniards_ very civilly. + +This was a Piece of meer good Fortune to us, and was so encouraging as +nothing could be more, for it set us up, as we may say; for now we thought +we could never fail of good Fortune, and we resolv'd, one and all, directly +to the South Seas. + +It was about the Middle of _August_ 1690 that we set forward, and steering +E. by S. and E. S. E. for about fifteen Days, with the Winds at N. N. W. +variable, we came quickly into the Trade Winds, with a good Offing, to go +clear of all the Islands; and so we steer'd directly for _Cape St. +Augustin_ in the _Brasils_, which we made the 22nd of _September_. + +We cruis'd some Time upon the Coast, about the Bay of _All Saints_, and put +in once or twice for fresh Water, especially at the Island of St. _John_'s, +where we got good Store of Fish, and some Hogs, which, for fresh +Provisions, was a great Relief to us: But we gat no Purchase here; for +whether it was that their _European_ Ships were just come in, or just gone +out, we know not, or whether they suspected what we were, and so kept close +within their Ports, but in thirteen Days that we ply'd off and on about +_Fernambuque_, and about fourteen Days more that we spent in coasting along +the _Brasil_ Shore to the South, we met not one Ship, neither saw a Sail, +except of their Fishing-Boats or small Coasters, who kept close under +Shore. + +We cross'd the Line here about the latter End of _September_, and found the +Air exceeding hot and unwholsome, the Sun being in the _Zenith_, and the +Weather very wet and rainy; so we resolv'd to stand away South, without +looking for any more Purchase on that Side. + +Accordingly we kept on to the South, having tolerable good Weather, and +keeping the Shore all the Way in View till we came the Length of St. +_Julien_, in the Latitude of 48 Degrees, 22 Minutes South; here we put in +again, being the Beginning of _November_, and took in fresh Water, and +spent about ten Days, refreshing ourselves, and fitting our Tackle; all +which Time we liv'd upon Penguins and Seals, of which we kill'd an +innumerable Number; and when we prepar'd to go, we salted up as many +Penguins as we found would serve our whole Crew, to eat them twice a Week +as long as they would keep. + +Here we consulted together about going thro' the Straits of _Magellan_; but +I put them quite out of Conceit of making that troublesom and fatieguing +Adventure, the Straits being so hazardous, and so many Winds requir'd to +pass them; and having assur'd them, that in our Return with _Bat Sharp_, we +went away to the Latitude of 55 Degrees 30 Minutes, and then steering due +East, came open with the North Seas in five Days Run, they all agreed to go +that Way. + +On the 20th of November we weigh'd from Port _Julien_, and having a fair +Wind at N. E. by E. led it away merrily, till we came into the Latitude of +54, when the Wind veering more Northerly, and then to the N. W. blowing +hard, we were driven into 55 Degrees and half, but lying as near as we +could to the Wind, we made some Westward Way withal: The 3d of _December_ +the Wind came up South, and S. E. by S. being now just as it were at the +Beginning of the Summer Solstice in that Country. + +With this Wind, which blew a fresh Gale, we stood away N. N. W. and soon +found ourselves in open Sea, to the West of _America_; upon which we haul'd +away N. by E. and N. N. E. and then N. E. when on the 20th of _December_ we +made the Land, being the Coast of _Chili_, in the Latitude of 41 Degrees, +about the Height of _Baldivia_; and we stood out from hence till we made +the Isle of St. _Juan Fernando_, where we came to an Anchor, and went on +Shore to get fresh Water; also some of our Men went a hunting for Goats, of +which we kill'd enough to feed us all with fresh Meat for all the while we +stay'd here, which was 22 Days. [_Jan._ 11.] + +During this Stay we sent the Sloop out to Cruise, but she came back without +seeing any Vessel; after which we order'd her out again more to the North, +but she was scarce gone a League, when she made a Signal that she saw a +Sail, and that we should come out to help them; accordingly the Frigat put +to Sea after them, but making no Signal for us to follow, we lay still, and +work'd hard at cleaning our Ship, shifting some of the Rigging, and the +like. + +We heard no more of them in three Days, which made us repent sorely that we +had not gone all three together; but the third Day they came back, tho' +without any Prize, as we thought, but gave us an Account that they had +chac'd a great Ship and a Bark all Night, and the next Day; that they took +the Bark the Evening before, but found little in her of Value; that the +great Ship ran on Shore among some Rocks, where they durst not go in after +her, but that manning out their Boats, they got on Shore so soon, that the +Men belonging to her durst not land; that then they threaten'd to burn the +Ship as she lay, and burn them all in her, if they did not come on Shore +and surrender: They offer'd to surrender, giving them their Liberty, which +our Men would not promise at first; but after some Parly, and arguing on +both Sides, our Men agreed thus far, that they should remain Prisoners for +so long as we were in those Seas, but that as soon as we came to the Height +of _Panama_, or if we resolv'd to return sooner, then they should be set at +Liberty; and to these hard Conditions they yielded. + +Our Men found in the Ship 6 Brass Guns, 200 Sacks of Meal, some Fruit, and +the Value of 160000 Pieces of Eight in Gold of _Chili_, as good as any in +the World: It was a glittering Sight, and enough to dazzle the Eyes of +those that look'd on it, to see such a Quantity of Gold laid all of a Heap +together, and we began to embrace one another in Congratulation of our good +Fortune. + +We brought the Prisoners all to the Island _Fernando_, where we used them +very well, built little Houses for them, gave them Bread, and Meat, and +every Thing they wanted; and gave them Powder and Ball to kill Goats with, +which they were fully satisfy'd with, and kill'd a great many for us too. + +We continu'd to Cruise [_Feb._ 2] hereabout, but without finding any other +Prize for near three Weeks more; so we resolv'd to go up as high as _Puna_, +the Place where I had been so lucky before; and we assur'd our Prisoners, +that in about two Months we would return, and relieve them; but they chose +rather to be on Board us, so we took them all in again, and kept on with an +easy Sail, at a proper Distance from Land, that we might not be known, and +the Alarm given; for as to the Ship which we had taken, and which was +stranded among the Rocks, as we had taken all the Men out of her, the +People on the Shore, when they should find her, could think no other than +that she was driven on Shore by a Storm, and that all the People were +drown'd, or all escap'd and gone; and there was no Doubt but that the Ship +would beat to Pieces in a very few Days. + +We kept, I say, at a Distance from the Shore, to prevent giving the Alarm; +but it was a needless Caution, for the Country was all alarm'd on another +Account, _viz._ about an 130 bold Buccaneers had made their Way over Land, +not at the Isthmus of _Darien_, as usual, but from _Granada_, on the Lake +of _Nicaragua_ to the North of _Panama_, by which, tho' the Way was longer, +and the Country not so practicable as at the ordinary Passage, yet they +were unmolested, for they surpriz'd the Country; and whereas the +_Spaniards_, looking for them at the old Passage, had drawn Entrenchments, +planted Guns, and posted Men at the Passages of the Mountains, to intercept +them and cut them off, here they met with no _Spaniards_, nor any other +Obstruction in their Way, but coming to the South Sea had Time, +undiscover'd, to build themselves Canoes and Periaguas, and did a great +deal of Mischief upon the Shore, having been follow'd, among the rest, by +80 Men more, commanded by one _Guilotte_, a _Frenchman_, an old Buccaneer; +so that they were now 210 Men; and they were not long at Sea before they +took two _Spanish_ Barks going from _Guatimala_ to _Panama_, loaden with +Meal, Coco, and other Provisions; so that now they were a Fleet of two +Barks, with several Canoes, and Periaguas, but no Guns, nor any more +Ammunition than every one carry'd at first at their Backs. + +However, this Troop of Desperadoes had alarm'd all the Coast, and Expresses +both by Sea and Land were dispatch'd, to warn the Towns on the Coast to be +upon their Guard, all the way from _Panama_ to _Lima_; but as they were +represented to be only such Freebooters as I have said, Ships of Strength +did not desist their Voyages, as they found Occasion, as we shall observe +presently: We were now gotten into the Latitude of 10, 11, and 12 Degrees +and a Half; but, in our overmuch Caution, had kept out so far to Sea, that +we miss'd every Thing which would otherwise have fallen into our Hands; but +we were better inform'd quickly, as you shall hear. + +Early in the Morning, one of our Men being on the Missen-top, cry'd, A +Sail, a Sail; it prov'd to be a small Vessel standing just after us; and as +we understood afterwards, did so, believing that we were some of the King's +Ships looking after the Buccaneers. As we understood she was a-Stern of us, +we shorten'd Sail, and hung out the _Spanish_ Colours, separating +ourselves, to make him suppose we were cruising for the Buccaneers, and did +not look for him; however, when we saw him come forward, but stretching in +a little towards the Shore, we took Care to be so much to Starboard that he +could not escape us that Way; and when he was a little nearer, the Sloop +plainly chac'd him, and in a little Time came up with him, and took him: We +had little Goods in the Vessel, their chief Loading being Meal and Corn for +_Panama_, but the Master happen'd to have 6000 Pieces of Eight in his +Cabin, which was good Booty. + +But that which was better than all this to us was, that the Master gave us +an Account of two Ships which were behind, and were under Sail for _Lima_ +or _Panama_; the one having the Revenues of the Kingdom of _Chili_, and the +other having a great Quantity of Silver, going from _Puna_ to _Lima_, to be +forwarded from thence to _Panama_, and that they kept together, being Ships +of Force, to protect one another; how they did it we soon saw the Effects +of. + +Upon this Intelligence we were very joyful, and assur'd the Master, that if +we found it so, we would give him his Vessel again, and all his Goods, +except his Money, as for That, we told him, such People as we never +return'd it any Body: However, the Man's Intelligence prov'd good, for the +very next Day, as we were standing South-West, our _Spanish_ Colours being +out, as above, we spy'd one of the Ships, and soon after the other; we +found they had discover'd us also, and that being doubtful what to make of +us, they tack'd and stood Eastward to get nearer the Land; we did the like, +and as we found there was no letting them go that Way but that we should be +sure to lose them, we soon let them know that we were resolv'd to speak +with them. + +The biggest Ship, which was three Leagues a-Stern of the other, crowded in +for the Shore with all the Sail, she could make, and it was easy for us to +see that she would escape us; for as she was a great deal farther in with +the Land than the other when we first gave Chace, so in about three Hours +we saw the Land plain a-Head of us, and that the great Ship would get into +Port before we could reach her. + +Upon this we stretch'd a-Head with all the Sail we could make, and the +Sloop, which crowded also very hard, and out-went us, engag'd the small +Ship at least an Hour before we could come up: But she could make little of +it, for the _Spanish_ Ship having 12 Guns and 6 Patereroes, would have been +too many for the Sloop if we had not come up: However, at length, our +biggest Ship came up also, and, running up under her Quarter, gave her our +whole Broadside; at which she struck immediately, and the _Spaniards_ +cry'd, _Quarter_, and _Miserecordia_; Upon this, our Sloop's Men enter'd +her presently, and secur'd her. + +In the Beginning oft his Action, it seems, our _Redhand_ Captain was so +provok'd at losing the greater Prize, which, as he thought, had all the +Money on Board, that he swore he would not spare one of the Dogs, (so he +call'd the _Spaniards_ in the other Ship) but he was prevented; and it was +very happy for the _Spaniards_, that the first Shot the Ship made towards +us, just as we were running up to pour in our Broadside, I say, the first +Shot took Captain _Redhand_ full on the Breast, and shot his Head and one +Shoulder off, so that he never spoke more, nor did I find that any one Man +in the Ship shew'd the least Concern for him; so certain it is, that +Cruelty never recommends any Man among _Englishmen_; no, tho' they have no +Share in the suffering under it; but one said, D--n him, let him go, he was +a butcherly Dog; another said, D--n him, he was a merciless Son of a B--ch; +another said, he was a barbarous Dog, and the like. + +But to return to the Prize, being now as certain of the smaller Prize as +that we had miss'd the great one, we began to examine what we had got; and +it is not easy to give an exact Account of the prodigious Variety of Things +we found: In the first Place, were 116 Chests of Pieces of Eight in Specie, +72 Bars of Silver, 15 Bags of wrought Plate, which a Fryer that was on +Board would have perswaded us, for the Sake of the Blessed Virgin, to have +return'd, being, as he said, consecrated Plate to the Honour of the holy +Church, the Virgin _Mary_, and St. _Martin_; but, as it happen'd, he could +not perswade us to it; also we found about 60000 Ounces of Gold, some in +little Wedges, some in Dust. We found several other Things of Value, but +not to be nam'd with the rest. + +Being thus made surprisingly rich, we began to think what Course we should +steer next; for as the great Ship, which was escap'd, would certainly alarm +the Country, we might be sure we should meet with no more Purchase at Sea, +and we were not very fond of landing, to attack any Town on Shore. In this +Consultation 'tis to be observ'd, that I was, by the unanimous Consent of +all the Crew, made Captain of the great Ship, and of the whole Crew; the +whole Voyage hither, and every Part of it, having, for some Time before, +been chiefly manag'd by my Direction, or at least by my Advice. + +The first Thing I propos'd to them all, was, seeing we had met with such +good Luck, and that we could not expect much more, and if we stay'd longer +in these Seas, should find it very hard to revictual our Ships, and might +have our Retreat cut off by _Spanish_ Men of war; (five of which we heard +were sent out after the other Buccaneers) we should make the best of our +Way to the South, and get about into the North Seas, where we were out of +all Danger. + +In Consequence of this Advice, which was generally approv'd, we stood away +directly South; and the Wind blowing pretty fair at N. N. E. a merry Gale, +we stood directly for the Isle of _Juan Fernando_, carrying our rich Prize +with us. + +We arriv'd here the Beginning of _June_, having been just six Months in +those Seas. We were surpriz'd, when coming to the Island, we found two +Ships at an Anchor close under the Lee of the Rocks, and two little +Periaguas farther in, near the Shore; but being resolv'd to see what they +were, we found, to our Satisfaction, they were the Buccaneers of whom I +have spoken above: The Story is too long to enter upon here; but in short, +without Guns, without Ship, and only coming over Land with their Fusees in +their Hands, they had rang'd these Seas, had taken several Prizes, and some +pretty rich, and had got two pretty handsome Barks, one carry'd six Guns, +and the other four; they had shar'd, as they told us, about 400 Pieces of +Eight a Man, besides one Thing they had which we were willing to buy of +them; they had about 100 Jarrs of Gunpowder, which they took out of a Store +Ship going to _Lima_. + +If we was glad to meet them, you may be sure they were glad to meet with +us, and so we began to sort together as one Company, only they were loth to +give over and return, as we were and which we had now resolv'd on. + +We were so rich ourselves, and so fully satisfy'd with what we had taken, +that we began to be bountiful to our Countrymen; and indeed they dealt so +generously with us, that we could not but be inclin'd to do them some Good, +for when we talk'd of buying their Gunpowder, they very frankly gave us 50 +Jarrs of it _gratis_. + +I took this so kindly, that I call'd a little Council among ourselves, and +propos'd to send the poor Rogues 50 Barrels of our Beef, which we could +very well spare; and our Company agreeing to it, we did so, which made +their Hearts glad; for it was very good, and they had not tasted good +Salt-beef for a long Time; and with it we sent them two Hogsheads of Rum: +This made them so hearty to us, that they sent two of their Company to +compliment us, to offer to enter themselves on Board us, and to go with us +all the World over. + +We did not so readily agree to this at first, because we had no new +Enterprize in View; but however, as they sent us Word they had chosen me so +unanimously for their Captain, I propos'd to our Men to remove ourselves, +and all our Goods, into the great Ship and the Sloop, and so take the +honest Fellows into the Fregat, which now had no less than 22 Guns, and +would hold them all, and then they might sail with us, or go upon any +Adventures of their own, as we should agree. + +Accordingly we did so, and gave them that Ship, with all her Guns and +Ammunition, but made one of our own Men Captain, which they consented to, +and so we became all one Body. + +Here also we shar'd our Booty, which was great indeed to a Profusion; and +as keeping such a Treasure in every Man's particular private Possession, +would have occasion'd Gaming, Quarrelling, and perhaps Thieving and +Pilfering, I order'd that so many small Chests should be made as there were +Men in the Ship, and every Man's Treasure was nail'd up in these Chests, +and the Chests all stow'd in the Hold, with every Man's Name upon his +Chest, not to be touch'd but by general Order, and to prevent Gaming, I +prevail'd with them to make a Law or Agreement, and everyone to set their +Hands to it; by which they agreed, That if any Man play'd for any more +Money than he had in his Keeping, the Winner should not be paid whatever +the Loser run in Debt, but the Chest containing every Man's Dividend, +should be all his own, to be deliver'd whole to him; and the Offender, +whenever he left the Ship, if he would pay any Gaming Debts afterward, that +was another Case; but such Debts should never be paid while he continu'd in +that Company. + +By this Means also we secur'd the Ship's Crew keeping together; for if any +Man left the Ship now, he was sure to leave about 6000 Pieces of Eight +behind him, to be shar'd among the rest of the Ship's Company, which few of +them car'd to do. + +As we were now all embark'd together, the next Question was, Whither we +should go? As for our Crew, we were so rich, that our Men were all for +going back again, and so to make off to some of the _Leeward Islands_, that +we might get a-Shore privately with our Booty: But as we had shipp'd our +new Comrades on Board a good Ship, it would be very hard to oblige them to +go back without any Purchace, for that would be to give them a Ship to do +them no Good, but to carry them back to _Europe_ just as they came out from +thence, _viz._ with no Money in their Pockets. + +Upon these Considerations we came to this Resolution, That they should go +out to Sea and Cruise the Height of _Lima_, and try their Fortune, and that +we would stay 60 Days for them at _Juan Fernando_. + +Upon this Agreement they went away very joyful, and we fell to work to new +rig our Ship, mending our Sails, and cleaning our Bottom. Here we employ'd +ourselves a Month very hard at Work; our Carpenters also took down some of +the Ship's upper Work, and built it, as we thought, more to the Advantage +of Sailing; so that we had more Room within, and yet did not lie so high. + +During this Time we had a Tent set up on Shore, and 50 of our Men employ'd +themselves wholly in killing Goats and Fowls for our fresh Provisions; and +one of our Men understanding we had some Malt left on Board the Ship, which +was taken in one of the Prizes, set up a great Kettle on Shore, and went to +work to Brewing, and, to our great Satisfaction, brew'd us some very good +Beer; but we wanted Bottles to keep it in, after it had stood a while in +the Cask. + +However, he brew'd us very good Small Beer, for present Use; and instead of +Hops he found some wild Wormwood growing on the Island, which gave it no +unpleasant Taste, and made it very agreeable to us. + +Before the Time was expir'd, our Frigat sent a Sloop to us, which they had +taken, to give us Notice that they were in a small Creek near the Mould of +the River _Guyaquil_, on the Coast of _Peru_, in the Latitude of 22 +Degrees. They had a great Booty in View, there being two Ships in the River +of _Guyaquil_, and two more expected to pass by from _Lima_, in which was a +great Quantity of Plate; that they waited there for them, and begg'd we +would not think the Time long; but that if we should go away, they desir'd +that we would fix up a Post, with a Piece of Lead on it, signifying where +they should come to us, and wherever it was, East or West, North or South, +they would follow us with all the Sail they could make. + +A little while after this, they sent another Sloop, which they had taken +also; and she brought a vast Treasure in Silver and very rich Goods, which +they had got in plundering a Town on the Continent; and they order'd the +Sloop to wait for them at the Island where we lay, till their Return: But +they were so eager in the Pursuit of their Game, that they could not think +of coming back yet, neither could we blame them, they having such great +Things in View: So we resolv'd, in Pursuit of our former Resolution, to be +gone; and after several Consultations among our selves in what Part of the +World we should pitch our Tent, we broke up at first without any +Conclusion. + +We were all of the Opinion, that our Treasure was so great, that wherever +we went, we should be a Prey to the Government of that Place; that it was +impossible to go all on Shore, and be conceal'd; and that we should be so +jealous of one another, that we should certainly betray one another, +everyone for fear of his Fellow, that is to say, for fear the other should +tell first. Some therefore propos'd our going about the South Point of Cape +_Horne_, and that then, going away to the Gulph of _Mexico_, we should go +on Shore at the Bay of _Campeachy_, and from thence disperse ourselves as +well as we could, and every one go his own Way. + +I was willing enough to have gone thither, because of the Treasure I had +left there under Ground; but still I concluded we were (as I have said) too +rich to go on Shore any where to separate, for every Man of us had too much +Wealth to carry about us; and if we separated, the first Number of Men any +of us should meet with, that were strong enough to do it, would take it +from us, and so we should but just expose ourselves to be murder'd for that +Money we had gotten at so much Hazard. + +Some propos'd then our going to the Coast of _Virgina_, and go some on +Shore in one Place, and some in another privately, and so travelling to the +Sea-Ports where there were most People, we might be conceal'd, and by +Degrees reduce our selves to a private Capacity, every one shifting Home as +well as they could. This I acknowledge might be done, if we were sure none +of us would be false one to another; but while Tales might be told, and the +Teller of the Tale was sure to save his own Life and Treasure, and make his +Peace at the Expence of his Comrade's, there was no Safety; and they might +be sure, that as the Money would render them suspected wherever they came, +so they would be examin'd, and what by faltering in their Story, and by +being cross-examin'd, kept apart, and the one being made to believe the +other had betray'd him, and told all, when indeed he might have said +nothing to hurt him, the Truth of Fact would be dragg'd out by Piece-meal, +till they would certainly at last come to the Gallows. + +These Objections were equally just, to what Nation or Place soever we could +think of going: So that upon the whole, we concluded there was no Safety +for us but by keeping all together, and going to some Part of the World +where we might be strong enough to defend ourselves, or be so conceal'd +till we might find out some Way of Escape that we might not now be so well +able to think of. + +In the Middle of all these Consultations, in which I freely own I was at a +Loss, and could not tell which Way to advise, an old Sailor stood up, and +told us, if we would be advis'd by him, there was a Part of the World where +he had been, where we might all settle ourselves undisturb'd, and live very +comfortably and plentifully, till we could find out some Way how to dispose +of ourselves better; and that we might easily be strong enough for the +Inhabitants, who would at first, perhaps, attack us, but that afterwards +they would sort very well with us, and supply us with all Sorts of +Provisions very plentifully; and this was the Island of _Madagascar_: He +told us we might live very well there. He gave us a large Account of the +Country, the Climate, the People, the Plenty of Provisions which was to be +had there, especially of black Cattle, of which, he said, there was an +infinite Number, and consequently a Plenty of Milk, of which so many other +Things was made: In a Word, he read us so many Lectures upon the Goodness +of the Place, and the Conveniency of living there, that we were, one and +all, eager to go thither, and concluded upon it. + +Accordingly, having little left to do, (for we had been in a sailing +Posture some Weeks) we left word with the Officer who commanded the Sloop, +and with all his Men, that they should come after us to _Madagascar_; and +our Men were not wanting to let them know all our Reasons for going +thither, as well as the Difficulties we found of going any where else, +which had so fully possess'd them with the Hopes of farther Advantage, that +they promis'd for the rest that they would all follow us. + +However, as we all calculated the Length of the Voyage, and that our Water, +and perhaps our Provisions might not hold out so far, but especially our +Water, we agreed, that having pass'd Cape _Horn_, and got into the North +Seas, we would steer Northward up the East Shore of _America_ till we came +to St. _Julien_, where we would stay at least fourteen Days to take in +Water, and to store ourselves with Seals and Penguins, which would greatly +eek out our Ship's Stores; and that then we should cross the great +_Atlantick_ Ocean in a milder Latitude than if we went directly, and stood +immediately over from the Passage about the Cape, which must be, at least, +in 55 or 56, and perhaps, as the Weather might be, would be in the Latitude +of 60 or 61. + +With this Resolution, and under these Measures, we set Sail from the Island +of St. _Juan Fernando_ the 23d of _September_, (being the same there as our +_March_ is here) and keeping the Coast of _Chili_ on Board, had good +Weather for about a Fortnight, [_Octob._ 14.] till we came into the +Latitude of 44 Degrees South; when finding the Wind come squally off the +Shore from among the Mountains, we were oblig'd to keep farther out at Sea, +where the Winds were less uncertain; and some Calms we met with, till about +the Middle of _October_, [16.] when the Wind springing up at N. N. W. a +pretty moderate Gale, we jogg'd S. E. and S. S. E. till we came into the +Latitude of 55 Degrees; and the 16th of _November_, found our selves in 59 +Degrees, the Weather exceeding cold and severe. But the Wind holding fair, +we held in with the Land, and steering E. S. E. we held that Course till we +thought ourselves entirely clear of the Land, and enter'd into the North +Sea, or _Atlantick Ocean_; and then changing our Course, we steer'd N. and +N. N. E. but the Wind blowing still at N. N. W. a pretty stiff Gale, we +could make nothing of it till we made the Land in the Latitude of 52 +Degrees; and when we came close under Shore, we found the Winds variable; +so we made still N. under the Lee of the Shore, and made the Point of St. +_Julien_ the 13th of November, having been a Year and seven Days since we +parted from thence on our Voyage Outwardbound. + +Here we rested ourselves, took in fresh Water, and began to kill Seals and +Fowls of several Sorts, but especially Penguins, which this Place is noted +for; and here we stay'd, in Hopes our Fregate would arrive, but we heard no +News of her; so, at Parting, we set up a Post, with this Inscription, done +on a Plate of Lead, with our Names upon the Lead, and these Words; + + _Gone to Madagascar_, _December_ 10, 1692. + +(Being in that Latitude the longest Day in the Year;) and I doubt not but +the Post may stand there still. + +From hence we launch'd out into the vast _Atlantick Ocean_, steering our +Coast E. by N. and E. N. E. till we had sail'd, by our Account, about 470 +Leagues, taking our Meridian Distance, or Departure, from St. _Julian_. And +here a strong Gale springing up at S. E. by E. and E. S. E. encreasing +afterwards to a violent Storm, we were forc'd by it to the Norward, as high +as the _Tropick_; not that it blew a Storm all the while, but it blew so +steady, and so very hard, for near 20 Days together, that we were carry'd +quite out of our intended Course: After we had weather'd this, we began to +recover ourselves again, making still East; and endeavouring to get to the +Southward, we had yet another hard Gale of Wind at S. and S. S. E. so +strong, that we could make nothing of it at all; whereupon it was resolv'd, +if we could, to make the Island of St. _Helena_, which in about three Weeks +more we very happily came to, on the 17th of _January_. + +It was to our great Satisfaction that we found no Ships at all here, and we +resolv'd not by any Means to let the Governor on Shore know our Ship's +Name, or any of our Officers Names; and I believe our Men were very true to +one another in that Point, but they were not at all shy of letting them +know upon what Account we were, _&c._ so that if he could have gotten any +of us in his Power, as we were afterwards told he endeavour'd by two or +three Ambuscades to do, we should have pass'd our Time but very +indifferently; for which, when we went away, we let him know we would not +have fail'd to have beat his little Port about his Ears. + +We stay'd no longer here than just serv'd to refresh ourselves, and supply +our Want of fresh Water; the Wind presenting fair, _Feb._ 2. 1692, we set +Sail, and (not to trouble my Story with the Particulars of the Voyage, in +which nothing remarkable occur'd) we doubled the Cape the 13th of _March_, +and passing on without coming to an Anchor, or discovering ourselves, we +made directly to the Island of _Madagascar_, where we arriv'd the 7th of +_April_; the Sloop, to our particular Satisfaction, keeping in Company all +the Way, and bearing the Sea as well as our Ship upon all Occasions. + +To this Time I had met with nothing but good Fortune; Success answer'd +every Attempt, and follow'd every Undertaking, and we scarce knew what it +was to be disappointed; but we had an Interval of our Fortunes to meet with +in this Place: We arriv'd, as above, at the Island on the 13th of _March_, +but we did not care to make the South Part of the Island our Retreat; nor +was it a proper Place for our Business, which was to take Possession of a +private secure Place to make a Refuge of: So after staying some Time where +we put in, which was on the Point of Land a little to the South of Cape +St._ Augustine_, and taking in Water and Provisions there, we stood away to +the North, and keeping the Island in View, went on till we came to the +Latitude of 14 Degrees: Here we met with a very terrible Tornado, or +_Hurricane_, which, after we had beat the Sea as long as we could, oblig'd +us to run directly for the Shore to save our Lives as well as we could, in +Hopes of finding some Harbour or Bay where we might run in, or at least +might go into smooth Water till the Storm was over. + +The Sloop was more put to it than we were in the great Ship, and being +oblig'd to run afore it, a little sooner than we did, she serv'd for a +Pilot-Boat to us which follow'd; in a Word, she run in under the Lee of a +great Head-land, which jetted far out into the Sea, and stood very high +also, and came to an Anchor in three Fathom and a half Water: We follow'd +her, but not with the same good Luck, tho' we came to an Anchor too, as we +thought, safe enough; but the Sea going very high, our Anchor came Home in +the Night, and we drove on Shore in the Dark among the Rocks, in spight of +all we were able to do. + +Thus we lost the most fortunate Ship that ever Man sail'd with; however, +making Signals of Distress to the Sloop, and by the Assistance of our own +Boat, we sav'd our Lives; and the Storm abating in the Morning, we had Time +to save many Things, particularly our Guns, and most of our Ammunition; +and, which was more than all the rest, we sav'd our Treasure: Tho' I +mention the saving our Guns first, yet they were the last Things we sav'd, +being oblig'd to break the upper Deck of the Ship up for them. + +Being thus got on Shore, and having built us some Huts for our Conveniency, +we had nothing before us but a View of fixing our Habitations in the +Country; for tho' we had the Sloop, we could propose little Advantage by +her; for as to cruising for Booty among the _Arabians_ or _Indians_, we had +neither Room, for it or Inclination to it; and as for attacking any +_European_ Ship, the Sloop was in no Condition to do it, tho' we had all +been on Board; for every Body knows that all the Ships trading from +_Europe_ to the _East-Indies_, were Ships of Force, and too strong for us; +so that, in short, we had nothing in View for several Months but how to +settle ourselves here, and live as comfortably and as well as we could, +till something or other might offer for our Deliverance. + +In this Condition we remain'd on Shore above eight Months, during which +Time we built us a little Town, and fortify'd it by the Direction of one of +our Gunners, who was a very good Engineer, in a very clever and regular +Manner, placing a very strong double Palisado round the Foot of our Works, +and a very large Ditch without our Palisado, and a third Palisado beyond +the Ditch, like a Counterscarp or Cover'd-way; besides this, we rais'd a +large Battery next to the Sea, with a Line of 24 Guns plac'd before it, and +thus we thought ourselves in a Condition to defend ourselves against any +Force that could attempt us in that Part of the World. + +And besides all this, the Place on which our Habitation was built, being an +Island, there was no coming easily at us by Land. + +But I was far from being easy in this Situation of our Affairs; so I made a +Proposal to our Men one Day, that tho' we were well enough in our +Habitation, and wanted for nothing, yet since we had a Sloop here, and a +Boat so good as she was, 'twas Pity she should lye and perish there, but we +should send her Abroad, and see what might happen; that perhaps it might be +our good Luck to surprise some Ship or other for our Turn, and so we might +all go to Sea again: The Proposal was well enough relish'd at first Word, +but the great Mischief of all was like to be this, That we should all go +together by the Ears upon the Question who should go in her: My secret +Design was laid, that I was resolv'd to go in her myself, and that she +should not go without me; but when it began to be talk'd of, I discover'd +the greatest seeming Resolution not to stir, but to stay with the rest, and +take Care of the main Chance, that was to say, the Money. + +I found, when they saw that I did not propose to go myself, the Men were +much the easier; for at first they began to think it was only a Project of +mine to run away from them; and so indeed it was: However, as I did not at +first propose to go my self, so when I came to the Proposal of who should +go, I made a long Discourse to them of the Obligation they had all to be +faithful one to another, and that those who went in the Sloop, ought to +consider themselves and those that were with them to be but one Body with +those who were left behind; that their whole Concern ought to be to get +some good Ship to fetch them off: At last, I concluded, with a Proposal, +that who ever went in the Sloop, should leave his Money behind in the +common Keeping, as it was before; to remain as a Pledge for his faithful +performing the Voyage, and coming back again to the Company; and should +faithfully swear that wherever they went, (for as to the Voyage, they were +at full Liberty to go whither they would) they would certainly endeavour to +get back to _Madagascar_; and that if they were cast away, stranded, taken, +or whatever befel them, they should never rest till they got to +_Madagascar_, if it was possible. + +They all came most readily into this Proposal, for those who should go into +the Sloop, but with this Alteration in them, (which was easy to be seen in +their Countenances) _viz._ that from that Minute there was no striving who +should go, but every Man was willing to stay where they were: This was what +I wanted, and I let it rest for two or three Days; when I took Occasion to +tell them, that seeing they all were sensible that it was a very good +Proposal to send the Sloop out to Sea, and see what they could do for us, I +thought it was strange they should so generally shew themselves backward to +the Service for fear of parting from their Money; I told them that no Man +need be afraid, that the whole Body should agree to take his Money from him +without any pretended Offence, much less when he should be Abroad for their +Service: But however, as it was my Proposal, and I was always willing to +hazard myself for the Good of them all, so I was ready to go on the +Conditions I had propos'd to them for others, and I was not afraid to +flatter myself with serving them so well Abroad, that they should not +grudge to restore me my Share of Money when I came Home, and the like of +all those that went with me. + +This was so seasonably spoken, and humour'd so well, that it answer'd my +Design effectually, and I was voted to go _nemine contradicente_; then I +desir'd they would either draw Lots for who and who should go with me, or +leave it in my absolute Choice to pick and cull my Men: They had for some +Time agreed to the first; and forty Blanks were made for those to whose Lot +it should come to draw a Blank to go in the Sloop; but then it was said, +this might neither be a fair nor an effectual Choice; for Example, if the +needful Number of Officers, and of particular Occupations, should not +happen to be lotted out, the Sloop might be oblig'd to go out to Sea +without a Surgeon, or without a Carpenter, or without a Cook, and the like: +So, upon second Thoughts, it was left to me to name my Men; so I chose me +out forty stout Fellows, and among them several who were trusty bold Men, +fit for any thing. + +Being thus Mann'd, the Sloop rigg'd, and having clear'd her Bottom, and +laid in Provisions enough for a long Voyage, we set Sail the 3d of +_January_ 1694, for the _Cape of Good Hope_. We very honestly left our +Money, as I said, behind us, only that we had about the Value of 2000 Pound +in Pieces of Eight allow'd us on Board for any Exigence that might happen +at Sea. + +We made no Stop at the _Cape_, or at St. _Helena_, tho' we pass'd in Sight +of it, but stood over to the _Caribbee_ Islands directly, and made the +Island of _Tobago_ the 18th of _February_, where we took in fresh Water, +which we stood in great Need of, as you may judge by the Length of the +Voyage. We sought no Purchase, for I had fully convinc'd our Men, that our +Business was not to appear, as we were used to be, upon the Cruise, but as +Traders; and to that End I propos'd to go away to the Bay of _Campeachy_, +and load Logwood, under the Pretence of selling of which we might go any +where. + +It is true, I had another Design here, which was to recover the Money which +my Comrade and I had bury'd there; and having the Man on Board with me to +whom I had communicated my Design, we found an Opportunity to come at our +Money with Privacy enough, having so conceal'd it, as that it would have +lain there to the general Conflagration, if we had not come for it our +selves. + +My next Resolution was to go for _England_, only that I had too many Men, +and did not know what to do with them: I told them we could never pretend +to go with a Sloop loaden with Logwood to any Place, with 40 Men on Board, +but we should be discover'd; but if they would resolve to put 15 or 16 Men +on Shore as private Seamen, the rest might do well enough; and if they +thought it hard to be set on Shore, I was content to be one, only that I +thought it was very reasonable that whoever went on Shore should have some +Money given them, and that all should agree to rendezvous in _England_, and +so make the best of our Way thither, and there perhaps we might get a good +Ship to go fetch off our Comrades and our Money. With this Resolution, +sixteen of our Men had three hundred Pieces of Eight a Man given them, and +they went off thus; the Sloop stood away North, thro' the Gulph of +_Florida_, keeping under the Shore of _Carolina_ and _Virginia_; so our Men +dropp'd off as if they had deserted the Ship; three of the sixteen run away +there, five more went off at Virginia, three at _New York_, three at _Road +Island_, and myself and one more at _New England_; and so the Sloop went +away for _England_ with the rest. I got all my Money on Shore with me, and +conceal'd it as well as I could; some I got Bills for, some I bought +Molosses with, and turn'd the rest into Gold; and dressing myself not as a +common Sailor, but as a Master of a Ketch, which I had lost in the Bay of +_Campeachy_, I got Passage on Board one Captain _Guillame_, a _New England_ +Captain, whose Owner was one Mr. _Johnson_ a Merchant, living at _Hackney_, +near _London_. + +Being at _London_, it was but a very few Months before several of us met +again, as I have said we agreed to do. And being true to our first Design +of going back to our Comrades, we had several close Conferences about the +Manner and Figure in which we should make the Attempt, and we had some very +great Difficulties appear'd in our Way: First, to have fitted up a small +Vessel, it would be of no Service to us, but be the same Thing as the Sloop +we came in; and if we pretended to a great Ship, our Money would not hold +out; so we were quite at a Stand in our Councils what to do, or what Course +to take, till at length our Money still wasting, we grew less able to +execute any Thing we should project. + +This made us all desperate; when as desperate Distempers call for desperate +Cures, I started a Proposal which pleas'd them all, and this was, that I +would endeavour among my Acquaintance, and with what Money I had left, +(which was still sixteen or seventeen hundred Pound) to get the Command of +a good Ship, bearing a quarter Part, or thereabout, myself; and so having +gat into the Ship, and got a Freight, the rest of our Gang should all enter +on Board as Seamen, and whatever Voyage we went, or wheresoever we were +bound, we would run away with the Ship and all the Goods, and so go to our +Friends as we had promis'd. + +I made several Attempts of this Kind, and once bought a very good Ship, +call'd, _The Griffin_, of one _Snelgrove_ a Shipwright, and engag'd the +Persons concern'd to hold a Share in her and fit her out, on a Voyage for +_Leghorn_ and _Venice_; when it was very probable the Cargo, to be shipp'd +on Board casually by the Merchant, would be very rich; but Providence, and +the good Fortune of the Owner prevented this Bargain, for without any +Objection against me, or Discovery of my Design in the least, he told me +afterwards his Wife had an ugly Dream or two about the Ship; once, that it +was set on Fire by Lightning, and he had lost all he had in it; another +Time, that the Men had mutiny'd and conspir'd to kill him; and that his +Wife was so averse to his being concern'd in it, that it had always been an +unlucky Ship, and that therefore his Mind was chang'd; that he would sell +the whole Ship, if I would, but he would not hold any Part of it himself. + +Tho' I was very much disappointed at this, yet I put a very good Face upon +it, and told him, I was very glad to hear him tell me the Particulars of +his Dissatisfaction; for if there was any Thing in Dreams, and his Wife's +Dream had any Signification at all, it seem'd to concern me (more than him) +who was to go the Voyage, and command the Ship; and whether the Ship was to +be burnt, or the Men to mutiny, tho' Part of the Loss might be his, who was +to stay on Shore, all the Danger was to be mine, who was to be at Sea in +her; and then, as he had said, she had been an unlucky Ship to him, it was +very likely she would be so to me; and therefore I thank'd him for the +Discovery, and told him I would not meddle with her. + +The Man was uneasy, and began to waver in his Resolution, and had it not +been for the continu'd Importunities of his Wife, I believe would have come +on again; for People generally encline to a Thing that is rejected, when +they would reject the same Thing when profer'd: But I knew it was not my +Business to let myself be blow'd upon, so I kept to my Resolution, and +wholly declin'd that Affair, on Pretence of its having got an ill Name for +an unlucky Ship; and that Name stuck so to her, that the Owners could never +sell her, and, as I have been inform'd since, were oblig'd to break her up +at last. + +It was a great while I spent with hunting after a Ship, but was every Way +disappointed, till Money grew short, and the Number of my Men lessen'd +apace, and at last we were reduc'd to seven, when an Opportunity happen'd +in my Way to go Chief-Mate on Board a stout Ship bound from _London_ to +. . . . . . + +[_N. B. In Things so modern, it is no Way convenient to write to you +particular Circumstances and Names of Persons, Ships, or Places, because +those Things being in themselves criminal, may be call'd up in Question in +a judicial Way; and therefore I warn the Reader to observe, that not only +all the Names are omitted, but even the Scene of Action in this criminal +Part, is not laid exactly as Things were acted; least I should give Justice +a Clew to unravel my Story by, which no Body will blame me for avoiding._] + +It is enough to tell the Reader, that being put out to Sea, and being for +Conveniency of Wind and Weather come to an Anchor on the Coast of _Spain_, +my seven Companions having resolv'd upon our Measures, and having brought +three more of the Men to confederate with us, we took up Arms in the middle +of the Night, secur'd the Captain, the Gunner, and the Carpenter, and after +that, all the rest of the Men, and declar'd our Intention: The Captain and +nine Men refus'd to come into our projected Roguery, (for we gave them +their Choice to go with us, or go on Shore) so we put them on Shore very +civilly, gave the Master his Books, and every Thing he could carry with +him; and all the rest of the Men agreed to go along with us. + +As I had resolv'd, before I went on Board, upon what I purpos'd to do, so I +had laid out all the Money I had left in such Things as I knew I should +want, and had caus'd one of my Men to pretend he was going to ------ to +build or buy a Ship there, and that he wanted Freight for a great deal of +Cordage, Anchors, eight Guns, Powder and Ball, with about 20 Tun of Lead +and other bulky Goods, which were all put on Board as Merchandize. + +We had not abundance of Bail Goods on Board, which I was glad of; not that +I made any Conscience or Scruple of carrying them away, if the Ship had +been full of them; but we had no Market for them: Our first Business was to +get a larger Store of Provision on Board than we had, our Voyage being +long; and having acquainted the Men with our Design, and promis'd the new +Men a Share of the Wealth we had there, which made them very hearty to us, +we set Sail: We took in some Beef and Fish, at ------ where we lay fifteen +Days, but out of all Reach of the Castle or Fort; and having done our +Business, sail'd away for the _Canaries_, where we took in some Butts of +Wine, and some fresh Water: With the Guns the Ship had, and those eight I +had put on Board as Merchandize, we had then two and thirty Guns mounted, +bur were but slenderly Mann'd, tho' we gat four _English_ Seamen at the +_Canaries_; but we made up the Loss at _Fiall_, where we made bold with +three _English_ Ships we found, and partly by fair Means, and partly by +Force, shipp'd twelve Men there; after which, without any farther Stop for +Men or Stores, we kept the Coast of _Africa_ on Board 'till we pass'd the +Line, and then stood off to St. _Helena_. + +Here we took in fresh Water, and some fresh Provisions, and went directly +for the _Cape of Good Hope_, which we pass'd, stopping only to fill about +22 Butts of Water, and with a fair Gale enter'd the Sea of _Madagascar_, +and sailing up the West Shore, between the Island and the Coast of +_Africa_, came to an Anchor over against our Settlement, about two Leagues +Distance, and made the Signal of our Arrival, with firing twice seven Guns +at the Distance of a Two-Minute Glass between the Seven; when, to our +infinite Joy, the Fort answer'd us, and the Long-boat, the same that +belong'd to our former Ship, came off to us. + +We embrac'd one another with inexpressible Joy, and the next Morning I went +on Shore, and our Men brought our Ship safe into Harbour, lying within the +Defence of our Platform, and within two Cables length of the Shore, good +soft Ground, and in eleven Fathom Water, having been three Months and +eighteen Days on the Voyage, and almost three Years absent from the Place. + +When I came to look about me here, I found our Men had encreas'd their +Number, and that a Vessel which had been cruising, that is to say, Pirating +on the Coast of _Arabia_, having seven _Dutchmen_, three _Portuguese_, and +five _Englishmen_ on Board, had been cast away upon the Northern Shore of +that Island, and had been taken up and reliev'd by our Men, and liv'd among +them. They told us also of another Crew of _European_ Sailors, which lay, +as we did, on the Main of the Island, and had lost their Ship and were, as +the Islanders told them, above a hundred Men, but we heard nothing who they +were. + +Some of our Men were dead in the mean Time, I think about three; and the +first Thing I did was to call a Muster, and see how Things stood as to +Money: I found the Men had been very true to one another; there lay all the +Money, in Chests piled up as I left it, and every Man's Money having his +Name upon it: Then acquainting the rest with the Promise I had made the Men +that came with me, they all agreed to it; so the Money belonging to the +dead Men, and to the rest of the forty Men who belong'd to the Sloop, was +divided among the Men I brought with me, as well those who join'd at first, +as those we took in at the _Cape de Verd_, and the _Canaries_: And the +Bails of Goods which we found in the Ship, many of which were valuable for +our own Use, we agreed to give them all to the fifteen Men mention'd above, +who had been sav'd by our Men, and so to buy what we wanted of those Goods +of them, which made their Hearts glad also. + +And now we began to consult what Course to take in the World: As for going +to _England_, tho' our Men had a great Mind to be there, yet none of them +knew how to get thither, notwithstanding I had brought them a Ship; but I, +who had now made myself too publick to think any more of _England_, had +given over all Views that Way, and began to cast about for farther +Adventures; for tho', as I said, we were immensely rich before, yet I +abhorr'd lying still, and burying my self alive, as I call'd it, among +Savages and Barbarians; besides, some of our Men were young in the Trade, +and had seen nothing; and they lay at me every Day not to lie still in a +Part of the World where, as they said, such vast Riches might be gain'd; +and that the _Dutchmen_ and _Englishmen_ who were cast away, as above, and +who our Men call'd the _Comelings_, were continually buzzing in my Ears +what infinite Wealth was to be got, if I would but make one voyage to the +Coast of _Malabar_, _Coromandel_, and the Bay of _Bengale_; nay, the three +_Portuguese_ Seamen offer'd themselves to attack and bring off one of their +biggest Galleons, even out of the Road of _Goa_, on the _Malabar_ Coast, +the Capital of the _Portuguese_ Factories in the _Indies_. + +In a Word, I was overcome with these new Proposals, and told the rest of my +People, I was resolv'd to go to Sea again, and try my good Fortune; I was +sorry I had not another Ship or two, but if ever it lay in my Power to +master a good Ship, I would not fail to bring her to them. + +While I was thus fitting out upon this new Undertaking, and the Ship lay +ready to Sail, and all the Men who were design'd for the Voyage, were on +Board, being 85 in Number; among which were all the Men I brought with me, +the 15 Comelings, and the rest made up out of our old Number; I say, when I +was just upon the Point of setting Sail, we were all surpriz'd just in the +Grey of the Morning to spy a Sail at Sea; we knew not what to make of her, +but found she was an _European_ Ship; that she was not a very large Vessel, +yet that she was a Ship of Force too: She seem'd to shorten Sail, as if she +look'd out for some Harbour; at first Sight I thought she was _English_; +immediately I resolv'd to slip Anchor and Cable and go out to Sea and speak +with her, if I could, let her be what she would: As soon as I was got a +little clear of the Land, I fir'd a Gun, and spread _English_ Colours: She +immediately brought too, fir'd three Guns, and mann'd out her Boat with a +Flag of Truce: I did the like, and the two Boats spoke to one another in +about two Hours, when, to our infinite Joy, we found they were our Comrades +who we left in the South Seas, and to whom we gave the Fregate at the Isle +of _Juan Fernando_. + +Nothing of this Kind could have happen'd more to our mutual Satisfaction, +for tho' we had long ago given them over either for Lost, or Lost to us; +and we had no great Need of Company, yet we were overjoy'd at meeting, and +so were they too. + +They were in some Distress for Provisions, and we had Plenty; so we brought +their Ship in for them, gave them a present Supply, and when we had help'd +them to moor and secure the Ship in the Harbour, we made them lock all +their Hatches and Cabins up, and come on Shore, and there we feasted them +five or six Days, for we had a Plenty of all Sorts of Provisions, not to be +exhausted; and if we had wanted an hundred Head of fat Bullocks, we could +have had them for asking for of the Natives, who treated us all along with +all possible Courtesy and Freedom in their Way. + +The History of the Adventures and Success of these Men, from the Time we +left them to the Time of their Arrival at our new Plantation, was our whole +Entertainment for some Days. I cannot pretend to give the Particulars by my +Memory; but as they came to us _Thieves_, they improv'd in their Calling to +a great Degree, and, next to ourselves, had the greatest Success of any of +the Buccaneers whose Story has ever been made publick. + +I shall not take upon me to vouch the whole Account of their Actions, +neither will this Letter contain a full History of their Adventures; but if +the Account which they gave us was true, you may take it thus: + +First, that having met with good Success after they left us, and having +taken some extraordinary Purchase, as well in some Vessels they took at +Sea, as in the Plunder of some Towns on the Shore near _Guyaquil_, as I +have already told you, they got Information of a large Ship which was +loading the King's Money at _Puna_, and had Orders to sail with it to +_Lima_, in order to its being carry'd from thence to _Panama_ by the Fleet, +under the Convoy of the _Flotilla_, or Squadron of Men of War, which the +King's Governor at _Panama_ had sent to prevent their being insulted by the +Pirates, which they had Intelligence were on the Coast; by which, we +suppose, they meant us who were gone, for they could have no Notion of +these Men then. + +Upon this Intelligence they cruis'd off and on upon the Coast for near a +Month, keeping always to the Southward of _Lima_, because they would not +fall in the Way of the said _Flotilla_, and so be overpower'd and miss of +their Prize: At last they met with what they look'd for, that is to say, +they met with the great Ship abovenam'd: But to their great Misfortune and +Disappointment, (as they first thought it to be) she had with her a Man of +War for her Convoy, and two other Merchant Ships in her Company. + +The Buccaneers had with them the Sloop which they first sent to us for our +Intelligence, and which they made a little Fregate of, carrying eight Guns, +and some Patareroes: They had not long Time to consult, but in short they +resolv'd to double man the Sloop, and let her attack the great +Merchant-Ship, while the Fregate, which was the whole of their Fleet, held +the Man of War in Play, or at least kept him from assisting her. + +According to this Resolution, they put 50 Men on Board the Sloop, which +was, in short, almost as many as would stand upon her Deck one by another; +and with this Force they attack'd the great Merchant-Ship, which, besides +its being well mann'd, had 16 good Guns, and about 30 Men on Board. While +the Sloop thus began the unequal Fight, the Man of War bore down upon her +to succour the Ship under her Convoy, but the Fregate thrusting in between, +engag'd the Man of War, and began a very warm Fight with her, for the Man +of War had both more Guns and more Men than the Fregate after she had +parted with 50 Men on Board the Sloop: While the two Men of War, as we may +now call them, were thus engag'd, the Sloop was in great Danger of being +worsted by the Merchant-Ship, for the Force was too much for her, the Ship +was great, and her Men fought a desperate and close Fight: Twice the +Sloop-Men enter'd her, and were beaten off, and about nine of their Men +kill'd, several other wounded, and an unlucky Shot taking the Sloop between +Wind and Water, she was oblig'd to fall a-Stern, and heel her over to stop +the Leek; during which the _Spaniards_ steer'd away to assist the Man of +War, and pour'd her Broadside in upon the Fregate, which tho' but small, +yet at a Time when she lay Yard-arm and Yard-arm close by the Side of the +_Spanish_ Man of War, was a great Extremity; however, the Fregate return'd +her Broadside, and therewith made her sheer off, and, which was worse, shot +her Main-mast thro', tho' it did not come presently by the Board. + +During this Time, the Sloop having many Hands, had stopp'd the Leak, was +brought to rights again, and came up again to the Engagement, and at the +first Broadside had the good Luck to bring the Ship's Foremast by the +Board, and thereby disabled her; but could not for all that lay her +athwart, or carry her by Boarding, so that the Case began to be very +doubtful; at which, the Captain of the Sloop, finding the Merchant Ship was +disabled, and could not get away from them, resolv'd to leave her a while +and assist the Fregate; which he did, and running a Longside our Fregate, +he fairly laid the Man of War on Board just thwart his Hawser; and besides +firing into her with his great Shot, he very fairly set her on Fire; and it +was a great Chance but that they had been all three burnt together, but our +Men helpt the _Spaniards_ themselves to put out the Fire, and after some +Time master'd it: But the _Spaniards_ were in such a terrible Fright at the +Apprehension of the Fire, that they made little Resistance afterwards, and +in short, in about an Hour's Fight more, the _Spanish_ Man of War struck, +and was taken; and after that the Merchant Ship also, with all the Wealth +that was in her: And thus their Victory was as compleat as it was +unexpected. + +The Captain of the _Spanish_ Man of War was kill'd in the Fight, and about +36 of his Men, and most of the rest wounded, which it seems happen'd upon +the Sloop's lying athwart her. This Man of War was a new Ship, and with +some Alteration in her upper Work, made a very good Fregate for them, and +they afterwards quitted their own Ship, and went all on Board the _Spanish_ +Ship, taking out the Main-mast of their own Ship, and making a new +Fore-mast for the _Spanish_ Ship, because her Fore-mast was also weaken'd +with some Shot in her; this, however, cost them a great deal of Labour and +Difficulty, and also some Time, when they came to a certain Creek, where +they all went on Shore, and refresh'd themselves a while. + +But if the taking the Man of War was an unexpected Victory to them, the +Wealth of the Prize was much more so; for they found an amazing Treasure on +Board her, both in Silver and Gold; and the Account they gave me was but +imperfect, but I think they calculated the Pieces of Eight to be about 13 +Tun in Weight, besides that they had 5 small Chests of Gold, some Emeralds, +and, in a Word, a prodigious Booty. + +They were not, however, so modest in their Prosperity as we were; for they +never knew when to have done, but they must Cruise again to the Northward +for more Booty, when to their great Surprize, they fell in with the +Flotilla or Squadron of Men of War, which they had so studiously avoided +before, and were so surrounded by them, that there was no Remedy but they +must fight, and that in a Kind of Desperation, having no Prospect now but +to sell their Lives as dear as they could. + +This unlucky Accident befel them before they had chang'd their ship, so +that they had now the Sloop and both the Men of War in Company, but they +were but thinly mann'd; and as for the Booty, the greater Part of it was on +Board the Sloop, that is to say, all the Gold and Emeralds, and near half +the Silver. + +When they saw the Necessity of fighting, they order'd the Sloop, if +possible, to keep to Windward, that so she might as Night come on, make the +best of her Way, and escape; but a _Spanish_ Fregate of 18 Guns tended her +so close, and sail'd so well, that the Sloop could by no Means get away +from the rest; so she made up close to the Buccaneers Fregate, and +maintain'd a Fight as well as she could, till in the Dusk of the Evening +the _Spaniards_ boarded and took her, but most of her Men gat away in her +Boat, and some by swimming on Board the other Ship: They only left in her +five wounded _Englishmen_, and six _Spanish_ Negroes. The five _English_ +the barbarous _Spaniards_ hang'd up immediately, wounded as they were. + +This was good Notice to the other Men to tell them what they were to +expect, and made them fight like desperate Men till Night, and kill'd the +_Spaniards_ a great many Men. It prov'd a very dark rainy Night, so that +the _Spaniards_ were oblig'd by Necessity to give over the Fight till the +next Day, endeavouring, in the mean time, to keep as near them as they +could: But the Buccaneers concerting their Measures where they should meet, +resolv'd to make Use of the Darkness of the Night to get off if they could; +and the Wind springing up a fresh Gale at S. S. W. they chang'd their +Course, and, with all the Sail they could make, stood away to the N. N. W. +slanting it to Seawards as nigh the Wind as they could; and getting clear +away from the _Spaniards_, who they never saw more, they made no Stay till +they pass'd the Line, and arriv'd in about 22 Days Sail on the Coast of +_California_, where they were quite out of the Way of all Enquiry and +Search of the _Spaniards_. + +Here it was they chang'd their Ship, as I said, and quitting their own +Vessel, they went all on Board the _Spanish_ Man of War, fitting up her +Masts and Rigging, as I have said, and taking out all the Guns, Stores, +_&c._ of their own Ship, so that they had now a stout Ship under them, +carrying 40 Guns, (for so many they made her carry) and well furnish'd with +all Things; and tho' they had lost so great a Part of their Booty, yet they +had still left a vast Wealth, being six or seven Tun of Silver, besides +what they had gotten before. + +With this Booty, and regretting heartily they had not practis'd the same +Moderation before, they resolv'd now to be satisfy'd, and make the best of +their Way to the Island of _Juan Fernando_; where keeping at a great +Distance from the Shore, they safely arriv'd, in about two Months Voyage, +having met with some contrary Winds by the Way. + +However, here they found the other Sloop which they had sent in with their +first Booty, to wait for them: And here understanding that we were gone for +St. _Julien_, they resolv'd, (since the Time was so long gone that they +could not expect to find us again) that they would have t'other Touch with +the _Spaniards_, cost what it would. And accordingly, having first bury'd +the most Part of their Money in the Ground, on Shore in the Island, and +having revictual'd their Ship in the best Manner they could in that barren +Island, away they went to Sea. + +They beat about on the South of the Line all up the Coast of _Chili_, and +Part of _Peru_, till they came to the Height of _Lima_ itself. + +They met with several Ships, and took several, but they were loaden chiefly +with Lumber or Provisions, except that in one Vessel they took between 40 +and 50000 Pieces of Eight, and in another 75000. They soon inform'd +themselves that the _Spanish_ Men of War were gone out of those Seas up to +_Panama_, to boast of their good Fortune, and carry Home their Prize; and +this made them the bolder. But tho' they spent near five Months in this +second Cruise, they met with nothing considerable; the _Spaniards_ being +every where alarm'd, and having Notice of them, so that nothing stirr'd +Abroad. + +Tir'd then with their long Cruise, and out of Hope of more Booty, they +began to look Homeward, and to say to one another that they had enough; so, +in a Word, they came back to _Juan Fernando_, and there furnishing +themselves as well as they could with Provisions, and not forgeting to take +their Treasure on Board with them, they set forward again to the South; and +after a very bad Voyage in rounding the _Terra del Fuego_, being driven to +the Latitude of 65 Degrees, where they felt Extremity of Cold, they at +length obtain'd a more favourable Wind, _viz._ at S. and S. S. E; with +which, steering to the North, they came into a milder Sea and a milder +Coast, and at length arriv'd at _Port St. Julien_, where, to their great +Joy, they found the Post or Cross erected by us; and understanding that we +were gone to _Madagascar_, and that we would be sure to remain there to +hear from them, and withal that we had been gone there near two Year, they +resolv'd to follow us. + +Here they staid, it seems, almost half a Year, partly fitting and altering +their Ship, partly wearing out the Winter Season, and waiting for milder +Weather; and having victuall'd their Ship in but a very ordinary Manner for +so long a Run, _viz._ only with Seals Flesh and Penguins, and some Deer +they kill'd in the Country, they at last launch'd out, and crossing the +great _Atlantick Ocean_, they made the _Cape of Good Hope_ in about 76 +Days, having been put to very great Distresses in that Time for Want of +Food, all their Seals Flesh and Penguins growing nauseous and stinking in +little less than half the Time of their Voyage; so that they had nothing to +subsist on for seven and twenty Days, but a little Quantity of dry'd +Venison which they kill'd on Shore, about the Quantity of 3 Barrels of +_English_ Beef, and some Bread; and when they came to the _Cape of Good +Hope_, they gat some small Supply, but it being soon perceiv'd on Shore +what they were, they were glad to be gone as soon as they had fill'd their +Casks with Water, and gat but a very little Provisions; so they made to the +Coast of _Natal_ on the South East Point of _Africa_, and there they gat +more fresh Provisions, such as Veal, Milk, Goats-Flesh, some tolerable +Butter, and very good Beef: And this held them out till they found us in +the North Part of _Madagascar_, as above. + +We staid about a Fortnight in our Port, and in a sailing Posture, just as +if we had been Wind-bound, meerly to congratulate and make merry with our +new-come Friends, when I resolv'd to leave them there, and set Sail; which +I did with a Westerly Wind, keeping away North till I came into the +Latitude of seven Degrees North; so coasting along the _Arabian_ Coast E. +N. E. towards the Gulph of Persia, in the Cruise I met with two _Persian_ +Barks loaden with Rice; one of which I mann'd and sent away to +_Madagascar_, and the other I took for our own Ship's Use. This Bark came +safe to my new Colony, and was a very agreeable Prize to them; I think +verily almost as agreeable as if it had been loaded with Pieces of Eight, +for they had been without Bread a great while; and this was a double +Benefit to them, for they fitted up this Bark, which carry'd about 55 Tun, +and went away to the Gulph of _Persia_ in her to buy Rice, and brought two +or three _Freights_ of that which was very good. + +In this Time I pursu'd my Voyage, coasted the whole _Malabar_ Shore, and +met with no Purchase but a great _Portugal East-India_ Ship, which I chac'd +into _Goa_, where she got out of my Reach: I took several small Vessels and +Barks, but little of Value in them, till I enter'd the great Bay of +_Bengale_, when I began to look about me with more Expectation of Success, +tho' without Prospect of what happen'd. + +I cruis'd here about two Months, finding nothing worth while; so I stood +away to a Port on the North Point of the Isle of _Sumatra_, where I made no +Stay; for here I gat News that two large Ships, belonging to the Great +Mogul, were expected to cross the Bay from _Hugely_ in the _Ganges_ to the +Country of the King of _Pegu_, being to carry the Grandaughter of the Great +Mogul to _Pegu_, who was to be marry'd to the King of that Country, with +all her Retinue, Jewels, and Wealth. + +This was a Booty worth watching for, tho' it had been some Months longer; +so I refolv'd that we would go and Cruise off of Point _Negaris_, on the +East Side of the Bay, near _Diamond Isle_; and here we ply'd off and on for +three Weeks, and began to despair of Success; but the Knowledge of the +Booty we expected spurr'd us on, and we waited with great Patience, for we +knew the Prize would be immensely rich. + +At length we spy'd three Ships coming right up to us with the Wind; we +could easily see they were not _Europeans_ by their Sails, and began to +prepare ourselves for a Prize, not for a Fight; but were a little +disappointed, when we found the first Ship full of Guns, and full of +Soldiers, and in Condition, had she been manag'd by _English_ Sailors, to +have fought two such Ships as ours were; however, we resolv'd to attack her +if she had been full of Devils as she was full of Men. + +Accordingly, when we came near them, we fir'd a Gun with Shot as a +Challenge; they fir'd again immediately three or four Guns; but fir'd them +so confusedly that we could easily see they did not understand their +Business; when we consider'd how to lay them on Board, and so to come +thwart them, if we could; but falling, for want of Wind, open to them, we +gave them a fair Broadside; we could easily see, by the Confusion that was +on Board, that they were frighted out of their Wits; they fir'd here a Gun +and there a Gun, and some on that Side that was from us, as well as those +that were next to us. The next Thing we did was to lay them on Board, which +we did presently, and then gave them a Volley of our Small-shot, which, as +they stood so thick, kill'd a great many of them, and made all the rest run +down under their Hatches, crying out like Creatures bewitch'd: In a Word, +we presently took the Ship, and having secur'd her Men, we chac'd the other +two: One was chiefly fill'd with Women, and the other with Lumber. Upon the +Whole, as the Grandaughter of the Great Mogul was our Prize in the first +Ship, so, in the second was her Women, or, in a Word, her Houshold, her +Eunuchs, all the Necessaries of her Wardrobe, of her Stables, and of her +Kitchin; and in the last, great Quantities of Houshold-stuff, and Things +less costly, tho' not less useful. + +But the first was the main Prize. When my Men had enter'd and master'd the +Ship, one of our Lieutenants call'd for me, and accordingly I jump'd on +Board; he told me, he thought no Body but I ought to go into the great +Cabin, or, at least, no Body should go there before me; for that the Lady +herself and all her Attendance was there, and he fear'd the Men were so +heated they would murder them all, or do worse. + +I immediately went to the great Cabin-door, taking the Lieutenant that +call'd me, along with me, and caus'd the Cabin-door to be open'd: But such +a Sight of Glory and Misery was never seen by Buccaneer before; the Queen +(for such she was to have been) was all in Gold and Silver, but frighted; +and crying, and at the Sight of me she appear'd trembling, and just as if +she was going to die. She sate on the Side of a kind of a Bed like a Couch +with no Canopy over it, or any Covering, only made to lie down upon; she +was, in a Manner, cover'd with Diamonds, and I, like a true Pirate, soon +let her see that I had more Mind to the Jewels than to the Lady. + +However, before I touch'd her, I order'd the Lieutenant to place a Guard at +the Cabin-door; and fastening the Door, shut us both in, which he did: The +Lady was young, and, I suppose, in their Country Esteem, very handsome, but +she was not very much so in my Thoughts: At first, her Fright, and the +Danger she thought she was in of being kill'd, taught her to do every Thing +that she thought might interpose between her and Danger; and that was to +take off her Jewels as fast as she could, and give them to me; and I, +without any great Compliment, took them as fast as she gave them me, and +put them into my Pocket, taking no great Notice of them, or of her, which +frighted her worse than all the rest, and she said something which I could +not understand; however, two of the other Ladies came, all crying, and +kneel'd down to me with their Hands lifted up: What they meant I knew not +at first, but by their Gestures and Pointings I found at last it was to beg +the young Queen's Life, and that I would not kill her. + +I have heard that it has been reported in _England_ that I ravish'd this +Lady, and then used her most barbarously; but they wrong me, for I never +offer'd any Thing of that Kind to her, I assure you; nay, I was so far from +being inclin'd to it, that I did not like her; and there was one of her +Ladies who I found much more agreeable to me, and who I was afterwards +something free with, but not even with her either by Force, or by Way of +Ravishing. + +We did, indeed, ravish them of all their Wealth, for that was what we +wanted, not the Women; nor was there any other Ravishing among those in the +great Cabin, that I can assure you: As for the Ship where the Women of +inferior Rank were, and who were in Number almost two hundred, I cannot +answer for what might happen in the first Heat; but even there, after the +first Heat of our Men was over, what was done, was done quietly, for I have +heard some of the Men say, that there was not a Woman among them but what +was lain with four or five Times over, that is to say, by so many several +Men; for as the Women made no Opposition, so the Men even took those that +were next them, without Ceremony, when and where Opportunity offer'd. + +When the three Ladies kneel'd down to me, and as soon as I understood what +it was for, I let them know I would not hurt the Queen, nor let any one +else hurt her, but that she must give me all her Jewels and Money: Upon +this they acquainted her that I would save her Life; and no sooner had they +assur'd her of that, but she got up, smiling, and went to a fine _Indian_ +Cabinet, and open'd a private Drawer, from whence she took another little +Thing full of little square Drawers and Holes; this she brings to me in her +Hand, and offer'd to kneel down to give it me. This innocent Usage began to +rouse some Good-Nature in me, (tho' I never had much) and I would not let +her kneel; but sitting down myself on the Side of her Couch or Bed, made a +Motion to her to sit down too: But here she was frighted again, it seems, +at what I had no Thought of; for sitting on her Bed, she thought I would +pull her down to lie with her, and so did all her Women too; for they began +to hold their Hands before their Faces, which, as I understood afterwards, +was that they might not see me turn up their Queen: But as I did not offer +any Thing of that Kind, only made her sit down by me, they began all to be +easier after some Time, and she gave me the little Box or Casket, I know +not what to call it, but it was full of invaluable Jewels. I have them +still in my Keeping, and wish they were safe in _England_; for I doubt not +but some of them are fit to be plac'd on the King's Crown. + +Being Master of this Treasure, I was very willing to be good-humour'd to +the Persons; so I went out of the Cabin, and caus'd the Women to be left +alone, causing the Guard to be kept still, that they might receive no more +Injury than I would do them myself. + +After I had been out of the Cabin some Time, a Slave of the Womens came to +me, and made Sign to me that the Queen would speak with me again. I made +Signs back, that I would come and dine with her Majesty: And accordingly I +order'd that her Servants should prepare her Dinner, and carry it in, and +then call me. They provided her Repast after the usual Manner, and when she +saw it brought in, she appear'd pleas'd, and more, when she saw me come in +after it; for she was exceedingly pleas'd that I had caus'd a Guard to keep +the rest of my Men from her; and she had, it seems, been told how rude they +had been to some of the Women that belong'd to her. + +When I came in, she rose up, and paid me such Respect as I did not well +know how to receive, and not in the least how to return. If she had +understood _English_, I could have said plainly, and in good rough Words, +Madam, be easy, we are rude rough-hewn Fellows, but none of our Men should +hurt you, or touch you; I will be your Guard and Protection; we are for +Money, indeed and we shall take what you have, but we will do you no other +Harm. But as I could not talk thus to her, I scarce knew what to say; but I +sate down, and made Signs to have her sit down and eat, which she did, but +with so much Ceremony, that I did not know well what to do with it. + +After we had eaten, she rose up again, and drinking some Water out of a +_China_ Cup, sate her down on the Side of the Couch, as before: When she +saw I had done eating, she went then to another Cabinet, and pulling out a +Drawer, she brought it to me; it was full of small Pieces of Gold Coin of +_Pegu_, about as big as an _English_ Half Guinea, and I think there were +three thousand of them. She open'd several other Drawers, and shew'd me the +Wealth that was in them and then gave me the Key of the Whole. + +We had revell'd thus all Day, and Part of the next Day, in a bottomless Sea +of Riches, when my Lieutenant began to tell me, we must consider what to do +with our Prisoners, and the Ships, for that there was no subsisting in that +Manner; besides, he hinted privately, that the Men would be ruin'd, by +lying with the Women in the other Ship, where all Sorts of Liberty was both +given and taken: Upon this we call'd a short Council, and concluded to +carry the great Ship away with us, but to put all the Prisoners, Queen, +Ladies, and all the rest, into the lesser Vessels, and let them go: And so +far was I from ravishing this Lady, as I hear is reported of me, that tho' +I might rifle her of every Thing else, yet I assure you I let her go +untouch'd for me, or, as I am satisfy'd, for any one, of my Men; nay, when +we dismiss'd them, we gave her Leave to take a great many Things of Value +with her, which she would have been plunder'd of, if I had not been so +careful of her. + +We had now Wealth enough, not only to make us rich, but almost to have made +a Nation rich; and to tell you the Truth, considering the costly Things we +took here, which we did not know the Value of, and besides Gold, and +Silver, and Jewels, I say, we never knew how rich we were; besides which, +we had a great Quantity of Bales of Goods, as well Calicoes as wrought +Silks; which being for Sale, were, perhaps, as a Cargo of Goods to answer +the Bills which might be drawn upon them for the Account of the Bride's +Portion; all which fell into our Hands, with a great Sum in Silver Coin, +too big to talk of among _Englishmen_, especially while I am living, for +Reasons which I may give you hereafter. + +I had nothing to do now but to think of coming back to _Madagascar_, so we +made the best of our Way; only that, to make us quite distracted without +other Joy, we took in our Way a small Bark loaden with Arack and Rice, +which was good Sawce to our other Purchace; for if the Women made our Men +drunk before, this _Arack_ made them quite mad; and they had so little +Government of themselves with it, that I think it might be said, the whole +Ship's Crew was drunk for above a Fortnight together, till six or seven of +them kill'd themselves; two fell overboard and were drown'd, and several +more fell into raging Fevers, and it was a Wonder, in the whole, they were +not all kill'd with it. + +But, to make short of the Story as we did of the Voyage, we had a very +pleasant Voyage, except those Disasters, and we came safe back to our +Comrades at _Madagascar_, having been absent in all about seven Months. + +We found them in very good Health, and longing to hear from us; and we +were, you may be assur'd, welcome to them; for now we had amass'd such a +Treasure as no Society of Men ever possess'd in this World before us, +neither could we ever bring it to an Estimation, for we could not bring +particular Things to a just Valuation. + +We liv'd now and enjoy'd ourselves in full Security; for tho' some of the +_European_ Nations, and perhaps all of them had heard of us; yet they heard +such formidable Things of us, such terrible Stories of our great Strength, +as well as of our great Wealth, that they had no Thought of undertaking any +Thing against us; for, as I have understood, they were told at _London_, +that we were no less than 5000 Men; that we had built a regular Fortress +for our Defence by Land, and that we had 20 Sail of Ships; and I have been +told that in _France_ they have heard the same Thing: But nothing of all +this was ever true, any more than it was true, that we offer'd ten Millions +to the Government of _England_ for our Pardon. + +It is true, that had the Queen sent any Intimation to us of a Pardon, and +that we should have been receiv'd to Grace at Home, we should all have very +willingly embrac'd it; for we had Money enough to have encourag'd us all to +live honest; and if we had been ask'd for a Million of Pieces of Eight, or +a Million of Pounds Sterling, to have purchas'd our Pardon, we should have +been very ready to have comply'd with it; for we really knew not what to do +with ourselves, or with our Wealth; and the only Thing we had now before +us, was to consider what Method to take for getting Home, if possible, to +our own Country with our Wealth, or at least with such Part of it as would +secure us easy and comfortable Lives; and, for my own Part, I resolv'd, if +I could, to make full Satisfaction to all the Persons who I had wrong'd in +_England_, I mean by that, such People as I had injur'd by running away +with the Ship; as well the Owners, and the Master or Captain, who I set +a-shore in _Spain_, as the Merchant whose Goods I had taken with the Ship; +and I was daily forming Schemes in my Thoughts how to bring this to pass: +But we all concluded that it was impossible for us to accomplish our +Desires as to that Part, seeing the Fact of our Piracy was now so publick +all over the World, that there was not any Nation in the World that would +receive us, or any of us; but would immediately seize on our Wealth, and +execute us for Pirates and Robbers of all Nations. + +This was confirm'd to us after some Time, with all the Particulars, as it +is now understood in _Europe_; for as the Fame of our Wealth and Power was +such, that it made all the World afraid of us, so it brought some of the +like Sort with our selves to join with us from all Parts of the World; and +particularly, we had a Bark, and 60 Men of all Nations, from _Martinico_, +who had been cruising in the Gulph of _Florida_, came over to us, to try if +they could mend their Fortunes; and these went afterwards to the Gulph of +_Persia_, where they took some Prizes, and return'd to us again. We had +after this three Pirate Ships came to us, most _English_, who had done some +Exploits on the Coast of _Guinea_, had made several good Prizes, and were +all tolerably rich. + +As these People came and shelter'd with us, so they came and went as they +would, and sometimes some of our Men went with them, sometimes theirs staid +with us: But by that Coming and Going our Men found Ways and Means to +convey themselves away, some one Way, some another. For I should have told +you at first, that after we had such Intelligence from _England_, _viz._ +that they knew of all our successful Enterprizes, and that there was no +Hopes of our returning, especially of mine and some other Men who were +known: I say, after this we call'd a general Council to consider what to +do; and there, one and all, we concluded that we liv'd very happy where we +were; that if any of us had a Mind to venture to get away to any Part of +the World, none should hinder them, but that else we would continue where +we were; and that the first Opportunity we had we would cruise upon the +_English_ _East India_ Ships, and do them what Spoil we could, fancying +that some Time or other they would proclaim a Pardon to us, if we would +come in; and if they did, then we would accept of it. + +Under these Circumstances we remain'd here, off and on, first and last, +above three Year more; during which Time our Number encreas'd so, +especially at first, that we were once eight hundred Men, stout brave +Fellows, and as good Sailors as any in the World. Our Number decreas'd +afterwards upon several Occasions; such as the going Abroad to Cruise, +wandering to the South Part of the Island, (as above) getting on Board +_European_ Ships, and the like. + +After I perceiv'd that a great many of our Men were gone off, and had +carry'd their Wealth with them, I began to cast about in my own Thoughts +how I should make my Way Home also: Innumerable Difficulties presented to +my View; when at last, an Account of some of our Mens Escape into _Persia_ +encourag'd me. The Story was this: One of the small Barks we had taken, +went to _Guzaratte_ to get Rice, and having secur'd a Cargo, but not loaded +it, ten of our Men resolv'd to attempt their Escape; and accordingly they +drest themselves like Merchant-Strangers, and bought several Sorts of Goods +there, such as an _Englishman_, who they found there, assisted them to buy; +and with their Bales, (but in them pack'd up all the rest of their Money) +they went up to _Bassora_ in the Gulph of _Persia_, and so travell'd as +Merchants with the Caravan to _Aleppo_, and we never heard any more of +them, but that they went clean off with all their Cargo. + +This fill'd my Head with Schemes for my own Deliverance; but however, it +was a Year more before I attempted any Thing, and not till I found that +many of our Men shifted off, some and some, nor did any of them miscarry; +some went one Way, some another; some lost their Money, and some sav'd it; +nay, some carry'd it away with them, and some left it behind them: As for +me, I discover'd my Intentions to no Body, but made them all believe I +would stay here till some of them should come and fetch me off, and +pretended to make every Man that went off promise to come for me, if it +ever was in his Power, and gave every one of them Signals to make for me, +when they came back, upon which I would certainly come off to them. At the +same Time nothing was more certain, than that I intended from the Beginning +to get away from the Island, as soon as I could any Way make my Way with +Safety to any Part of the World. + +It was still above two Years after this that I remain'd in the Island; nor +could I, in all that Time, find any probable Means for removing my self +with Safety. + +One of the Ways I thought to have made my Escape was this: I went to Sea in +a Long-boat a fishing, (as we often did) and having a Sail to the Boat, we +were out two or three Days together; at length it came into my Thoughts +that we might Cruise about the Island in this Long-boat, a great Way, and +perhaps some Adventure might happen to us which we might make something of; +so I told them I had a Mind to make a Voyage with the Long-boat to see what +would happen. + +To this Purpose we built upon her, made a State-Room in the Middle, and +clapt four Patareroes upon her Gunnel, and away we went, being sixteen +stout Fellows in the Boat, not reckoning my self: Thus we ran away, as it +were, from the rest of our Crew, tho' not a Man of us knew our own Minds as +to whither we were going, or upon what Design. In this Frolick we ran South +quite away to the Bay of St. _Angustine_'s, in the Latitude of 24 Degrees, +where the Ships from _Europe_ often put in for Water and Provisions. + +Here we put in, not knowing well what to do next; I thought myself +disappointed very much that we saw no _European_ Ship here, tho' afterwards +I saw my Mistake, and found that it was better for us that we were in that +Port first: We went boldly on Shore; for as to the Natives, we understood +how to manage them well enough, knew all their Customs, and the Manner of +their treating with Strangers as to Peace or War; their Temper, and how to +oblige them, or behave if they were disoblig'd; so we went, I say, boldly +on Shore, and there we began to chaffer with them for some Provisions, such +as we wanted. + +We had not been here above two or three Days, but that, early in the +Morning, the Weather thick and haizy, we heard several Guns fire at Sea; we +were not at a Loss to know what they meant, and that it was certainly some +_European_ Ships coming in, and who gave the Signal to one another that +they had made the Land, which they could easily see from the Sea, tho' we, +who were also within the Bay, could not see them from the Shore: However, +in a few Hours, the Weather clearing up, wet saw plainly five large Ships, +three with _English_ Colours, and two with _Dutch_, standing into the Bay, +and in about four or five Hours more they came to an Anchor. + +A little while after they were come to an Anchor, their Boats began to come +on Shore to the usual Watering-place to fill their Casks; and while they +were doing that, the rest of the Men look'd about them a little, as usual, +tho' at first they did not stir very far from their Boats. + +I had now a nice Game to play, as any Man in the World ever had: It was +absolutely necessary for us to speak with these Men; and yet how to speak +with them, and not have them speak with us in a Manner that we should not +like, that was the main Point: It was with a great deal of Impatience that +we lay still one whole Day, and saw their Boats come on Shore, and go on +Board again, and we were so irresolute all the while, that we knew not what +to do; at last I told my Men, it was absolutely necessary we should speak +with them, and seeing we could not agree upon the Method how to do it +friendly and fairly, I was resolv'd to do it by Force, and that if they +would take my Advice, we would place ourselves in Ambuscade upon the Land +somewhere, that we might see them when they were on Shore, and the first +Man that straggled from the rest we would clap in upon and seize him, and +three or four of them if we could. As for our Boat, we had secur'd it in a +Creek three or four Miles up the Country, where it was secure enough out of +their Reach or Knowledge. + +With this Resolution we plac'd ourselves in two Gangs; eleven of us in one +Place, and only three of us in another, and very close we lay: The Place we +chose for our Ambuscade was on the Side of a rising Ground almost a Mile +from the Watering-place, but where we could see them all come towards the +Shore, and see them if they did but set their Foot on Shore. + +As we understood afterwards, they had the Knowledge of our being upon the +Island, but knew not in what Part of it, and were therefore very cautious +and wary how they went on Shore, and came all very well arm'd. This gave us +a new Difficulty, for in the very first Excursion that any of them made +from the Watering-place, there was not less than twenty of them, all well +arm'd, and they pass'd by in our Sight; but as we were out of their Sight +we were all very well pleas'd with seeing them go by, and being not oblig'd +to meddle with them, or show our selves. + +But we had not long lain in this Circumstance, but, by what Occasion we +knew not, five of the Gentlemen Tarrs were pleas'd to be willing to go no +farther with their Companions; and thinking all safe behind them, because +they had found no Disturbance in their going out, came back the same Way, +straggling without any Guard or Regard. + +I thought now was our Time to show our selves; so taking them as they came +by the Place where we lay in Ambuscade, we plac'd ourselves just in their +Way, and as they were entring a little Thicket of Trees, we appear'd; and +calling to them in _English_, told them they were our Prisoners; that if +they yielded, we would use them very well, but if they offer'd to resist, +they should have no Quarter: One of them looking behind, as if he would +show us a Pair of Heels, I call'd to him, and told him, if he attempted to +run for it, he was a dead Man, unless he could out-run a Musquet-Bullet; +and that we would soon let him see we had more Men in our Company; and so +giving the Signal appointed, our three Men, who lay at a Distance, shew'd +themselves in the Rear. + +When they saw this, one of them, who appear'd as their Leader, but was only +the Purser's Clerk, ask'd, Who we were they must yield to? And if we were +Christians? I told them, jestingly, We were good honest Christian Pirates, +and belong'd to Captain _Avery_, (not at all letting them know that I was +_Avery_ himself) and if they yielded it was enough; that we assur'd them +they should have fair Quarter and good Usage upon our Honour; but that they +must resolve immediately, or else they would be surrounded with 500 Men, +and we could not answer for what they might do to them. + +They yielded presently upon this News, and deliver'd their Arms; and we +carry'd them away to our Tent, which we had built near the Place where our +Boat lay. Here I enter'd into a particular serious Discourse with them +about Captain _Avery_, for 'twas this I wanted, upon several Accounts: +First, I wanted to enquire what News they had had of us in _Europe_? and +then to give them Ideas of our Numbers and Power as romantick as I could. + +They told us, that they had heard of the great Booty Captain _Avery_ had +taken in the Bay of _Bengale_; and among the rest, a bloody Story was +related of _Avery_ himself, _viz._ That he ravish'd the Great Mogul's +Daughter, who was going to be marry'd to the Prince of _Pegu_; that we +ravish'd and forc'd all the Ladies attending her Train, and then threw them +into the Sea, or cut their Throats; and that we had gotten a Booty of ten +Millions in Gold and Silver, besides an inestimable Treasure of Jewels, +Diamonds, Pearls, _&c._ but that we had committed most inhuman Barbarities +on the innocent People that fell into our Hands. They then told us, but in +a broken imperfect Account, how the Great Mogul had resented it; and that +he had raised a great Army against the _English_ Factories, resolving to +root them out of his Dominions; but that the Company had appeas'd him by +Presents, and by assuring him that the Men who did it, were Rebels to the +_English_ Government, and that the Queen of _England_ would hang them all +when ever they could be taken. I smil'd at that, and told them, Captain +_Avery_ would give them Leave to hang him, and all his Men, when they could +take them; but that I could assure him they were too strong to be taken; +that if the Government of _England_ went about to provoke them, Captain +_Avery_ would soon make those Seas too hot for the _English_, and they +might even give over their _East-India_ Trade, for they little thought +Circumstances Captain _Avery_ was in. + +This I did, as well to know what Notions you had of us in _England_, as to +give a formidable Account of us, and of our Circumstances to _England_, +which I knew might be of Use to us several Ways hereafter. Then I made him +tell his Part, which he did freely enough; he told us, that indeed they had +receiv'd an Account in _England_ that we were exceeding strong; that we had +several Gangs of Pirates from the _Spanish West-Indies_, that had taken +great Booties there, and were gone all to _Madagascar_ to join Captain +_Avery_; that he had taken three great _East-India_ Ships, one _Dutch_, and +two _Portuguese_, which they had converted into Men of War; that he had +6000 Men under his Command; that he had twelve Ships, whereof three carry'd +60 Guns a-piece, and six more of them, from 40 to 50 Guns; that they had +built a large Fort to secure their Habitations; and that they had two large +Towns, one on one Side, one on the other of a River, cover'd by the said +Fort, and two great Platforms or Batteries of Guns to defend the Entrance +where their Ships rode; that they had an immense invaluable Treasure; and +that it was said, Captain _Avery_ was resolv'd to People the whole Island +of _Madagascar_ with _Europeans_, and to get Women from _Jamaica_ and the +_Leeward Islands_; and that it was not doubted but he would subdue, and +make himself King of that Country, if he was let alone a little longer. + +I had enjoin'd my Men, in the first Place, not to let him know that I was +_Avery_, but that I was one of his Captains; and in the next Place, not to +say a Word but just _Ay_, and _No_, as Things occurr'd, and leave the rest +to me. I heard him patiently out in all the Particulars above, and when he +had done, I told him it was true, Captain _Avery_ was in the Island of +_Madagascar_, and that several other Societies of Buccaneers and +Freebooters were join'd him from the _Spanish West-Indies_; for, said I, +the Plenty and Ease of our living here is such, and we are so safe from all +the World, that we do not doubt but we shall be twenty thousand Men in a +very little Time, when two Ships which we have sent to the _West-Indies_ +shall come back, and shall have told the Buccaneers at the Bay of +_Campeachy_, how we live here. + +But, said I, you in _England_ greatly wrong Captain _Avery_, our General, +(so I call'd myself, to advance our Credit) for I can assure you, that +except plundering the Ship, and taking that immense Booty which he got in +the great Ship where the Great Mogul's Daughter was, there was not the +least Injury done to the Lady, no Ravishing or Violence to her, or any of +her Attendance; and this, said I, you may take of my certain Knowledge; +for, said I, I was on Board the Ship with our General all the while: And if +any of the Princess's Women were lain with, said I, on Board the other +Ship, as I believe most of them were, yet it was done with their own +Consent and good Will, and no otherwise; and they were all dismiss'd +afterwards, without so much as being put in Fear or Apprehensions of Life +or Honour. + +This I assur'd him, (as indeed it was just) and told him, I hop'd, if ever +he came safe to _England_, he would do Captain _Avery_, and all of us, +Justice in that particular Case. + +As to our being well fortify'd on the Island, and our Numbers, I assur'd +them all they were far from thinking too much of us; that we had a very +good Fleet, and a very good Harbour for them; that we were not afraid of +any Force from _Europe_, either by Land or Water; that it was, indeed, in +vain to pretend to attack us by Force; that the only Way for the Government +of _England_ to bring us back to our Duty, would be to send a Proclamation +from _England_ with the Queen's Pardon for our General and all his People, +if they came in by a certain Time: And, added I, we know you want Money in +_England_, I dare say, said I, our General, Captain _Avery_, and his +particular Gang, who have the main Riches, would not grudge to advance five +or six Millions of Ducats to the Government, to give them Leave to return +in Peace to _England_, and sit down quietly with the rest. + +This Discourse, I suppose, was the Ground of the Rumour you have had in +_England_, That _Avery_ had offer'd to come in and submit, and would give +six Millions for his Pardon: For as these Men were soon after this +dismiss'd, and went back to _England_, there is no Doubt but they gave a +particular Account of the Conference they had with me, who they call'd one +of Captain _Avery_'s Captains. + +We kept these five Men six or seven Days, and we pretended to show them the +Country from some of the Hills, calling it all our own, and pointing every +Way how many Miles we extended ourselves; we made them believe also that +all the rest of the Country was at our Disposal, that the whole _Island_ +was at our Beck; we told them we had Treasure enough to enrich the whole +Kingdom of _England_; that our General had several Millions in Diamonds, +and we had many Tuns of Silver and Gold; that we had fifty large Barns full +of all Sorts of Goods, as well _European_ as _Indian_; and that it would be +truly the best Way for _England_ to do as they said, namely, to invite us +all Home by a Proclamation with a Pardon: And if they would do this, said +I, they can ask no reasonable Sum, but our General might advance it; +besides, getting Home such a Body of stout able Seamen as we were, such a +Number of Ships, and such a Quantity of rich Goods. + +We had several long Discourses with them upon these Heads, and our frequent +offering this Part to them with a Kind of feeling Warmth, (for it was what +we all desir'd) has caus'd, I doubt not, the Rumour of such great Offers +made by us, and of a Letter sent by me to the Queen, to beg her Majesty's +Pardon for myself and my Company, and offering ten Millions of Money +Advance to the Queen for the publick Service: All which is a meer Fiction +of the Brain of those which have publish'd it; neither were we in any +Condition to make such an Offer; neither did I, or any of my Crew or +Company, ever write a Letter or Petition to the Queen, or to any one in the +Government, or make any Application in the Case other than as above, which +was only Matter of Conversation or private Discourse. + +Nor were we so strong in Men or Ships, or any Thing like it. You have heard +of the Number of Ships which we had now with us, which amounted to two +Ships and a Sloop, and no more, except the Prize in which we took the +Mogul's Daughter; (which Ship we call'd, _The Great Mogul_) but she was fit +for nothing, for she would neither sail or steer worth a Farthing, and +indeed was fit for no Use but a Hulk, or a Guard-Ship. + +As to Numbers of Men, they bely'd us strangely, and particularly, they +seem'd only to mistake Thousands for Hundreds: For whereas they told us, +that you in _England_ had a Report of our being six thousand Men, I must +acknowledge that I think we were never, when we were at the most, above six +hundred; and at the Time when I quitted the Country, I left about one +hundered and eight Men there, and no more, and I am assur'd, all the Number +that now remains there, is not above twenty two Men, no, not in the whole +Island. + +Well, we thought, however, that it was no Business of ours at that Time to +undeceive them in their high Opinion of our great Strength, so we took Care +to magnify ourselves, and the Strength of our General, (meaning myself) +that they might carry the Story to _England_, depending upon it, _That a +Tale loses nothing in the carrying._ When they told us of our Fort, and the +Batteries at the Mouth of the River where our Ships lie, we insinuated, +that it was a Place where we did not fear all the Fleets in the World +attacking us; and when they told us of the Number of Men, we strove to make +them believe that they were much many more. + +At length, the poor Men began to be tir'd of us, and indeed we began to be +tir'd of them; for we began to be afraid very much that they would prye a +little Way into our Affairs, and that a little too narrowly that Way; so as +they began to sollicit their Deliverance, we began to listen to their +Importunities: In a Word, we agreed to dismiss them; and accordingly we +gave them Leave to go away to the Watering-place, as if they had made their +Escape from us; which they did, carrying away their Heads full of all those +unlikely projected Things which you have heard above. + +In all this, however, I had not the good Luck to advance one Step towards +my own Escape; and here is one Thing remarkable, _viz._ That the great Mass +of Wealth I had gotten together, was so far from forwarding my Deliverance, +that it really was the only Thing that hinder'd it most effectually; and I +was so sensible of it, that I resolv'd once to be gone, and leave all my +Wealth behind me, except some Jewels, as several of our Men had done +already: For many of them were so impatient of staying here, that they +found Means to get away, some and some, with no more Money than they could +carry about them; particularly, thirteen of our Men made themselves a Kind +of Shaloup with a Mast and Sail, and went for the Red Sea, having two +Patareroes for her Defence, and every Man a thousand Pieces of Eight, and +no more, except that one _Macmow_ an _Irishman_, who was their Captain, had +five Rubies and a Diamond, which he got among the Plunder of the Mogul's +Ship. + +These Men, as I heard, gat safe to _Mocca_ in the _Arabian_ Gulph, where +they fetch the Coffee, and their Captain manag'd for them all so well, that +of Pirates he made them Merchants, laid out all the Stock in Coffee, and +got a Vessel to carry it up the Red Sea to _Sues_, where they sold it to +the Factors for the _European_ Merchants, and came all safe to +_Alexandria_, where they parted the Money again; and then every one +separated as they thought fit, and went their own Way. + +We heard of this by mere Accident afterwards, and I confess I envy'd their +Success; and tho' it was a great while after this that I took a like Run, +yet you may be sure I form'd a Resolution from that Time to do the like; +and most of the Time that I stay'd after this, was employ'd in picking out +a suitable Gang that I might depend upon, as well to trust with the Secret +of my going away, as to take with me; and on whom I might depend, and they +on me, for keeping one another's Council when we should come into _Europe_. + +It was in Pursuit of this Resolution that I went this little Voyage to the +South of the Island, and the Gang I took with me prov'd very trusty, but we +found no Opportunity then for our Escape: Two of the Men that we took +Prisoners would fain have gone with us, but we resolv'd to trust none of +them with the real and true Discovery of our Circumstances; and as we had +made them believe mighty Things of ourselves, and of the Posture of our +Settlement, that we had 5000 Men, 12 Men of War, and the like, we were +resolv'd they should carry the Delusion away with them, and that no Body +should undeceive them; because, tho' we had not such an immense Wealth as +was reported, and so as to be able to offer ten Millions for our Pardon, +yet we had a very great Treasure; and, being nothing near so strong as they +had imagin'd, we might have been made a Prey, with all our Riches, to any +Set of Adventurers who might undertake to attempt us, by Consent of the +Government of _England_, and make the Expedition, _No Purchase no Pay._ + +For this Reason we civily declin'd them, told them we had Wealth enough, +and therefore did not now Cruise Abroad as we used to do, unless we should +hear of another Wedding of a King's Daughter; or unless some rich Fleet, or +some Heathen Kingdom was to be attempted; and that therefore a new Comer, +or any Body of new Comers, could do themselves no good by coming over to +us: If any Gang of Pirates or Buccaneers would go upon their Adventures, +and when they had made themselves rich, would come and settle with us, we +would take them into our Protection, and give them Land to build Towns and +Habitations for themselves, and so in Time we might become a great Nation, +and inhabit the whole Island: I told them, the _Romans_ themselves were, at +first, no better than such a Gang of Rovers as we were; and who knew but +our General, Captain _Avery_, might lay the Foundation of as great an +Empire as they. + +These big Words amaz'd the Fellows, and answer'd my End to a Tittle; for +they told such Rhodomantading Stories of us, when they came back to their +Ships, and from them it spread so universally all over the _East-Indies_, +(for they were Outward-bound) that none of the _English_ or _Dutch_ Ships +would come near _Madagascar_ again, if they could help it, for a great +while, for Fear of us; and we, who were soon after this dwindled away to +less than 100 Men, were very glad to have them think us too strong to +meddle with, or so strong that no Body durst come near us. + +After these Men were gone, we rov'd about to the East Side of the Island, +and in a Word, knew not what to do, or what Course to take, for we durst +not put out to Sea in such a Bauble of a Boat as we had under us; but tir'd +at last, we came back to the South Point of the Island again; in our +rounding the Island we saw a great _English_-built Ship at Sea, but at too +far Distance to speak with her; and if it had not, we knew not what to have +said to her, for we were not strong enough to attack her: We judg'd by her +Course, she stood away from the Isle of St. _Maurice_ or _Mauritius_, for +the _Cape of Good Hope_, and must, as we suppos'd, come from the _Malabar_ +Coast, bound Home for _England_; so we let her go. + +We are now return'd back to our Settlement on the North Part of the Island; +and I have singl'd out about 12 or 13 bold brave Fellows, with whom I am +resolv'd to venture to the Gulph of _Persia_; twenty more of our Men have +agreed to carry us thither as Passengers in the Sloop, and try their own +Fortunes afterwards, for they allow we are enough to go together. We +resolve, when we come to _Bassaro_, to separate into three Companies, as if +we did not know one another; to dress ourselves as Merchants, for now we +look like Hell-hounds and Vagabonds; but when we are well dress'd, we +expect to look as other Men do. If I come thither, I purpose, with two +more, to give my Companions the Slip, and travel as _Armenians_ thro' +_Persia_ to the _Caspian_ Sea, so to _Constantinople_; and I doubt not we +shall, one Way or other, find our Way, with our Merchandize and Money, to +come into _France_, if not quite Home to my own Country. Assure yourself, +when I arrive in any Part of Christendom, I will give you a farther Account +of my Adventures. + + _Your Friend and Servant,_ + + + AVERY. + + + _The End of the First Letter._ + + + + +A Second LETTER + + + _SIR,_ + + +I WROTE my last Letter to you from _Madagascar_, where I had +continu'd so long till my People began to drop from me, some and some, and, +indeed, I had, at last, but few left; so that I began to apprehend they +would give an Account in _Europe_, how weak I was, and how easy it was to +attack me; nay, and to make their Peace, might some of them, at least, +offer their Service to be Pilots to my Port, and might guide the Fleets or +Ships that should attempt me. + +With these Apprehensions, I not only was uneasy myself, but made all my Men +uneasy too; for, as I was resolv'd to attempt my own Escape, I did not care +how many of my Men went before me: But this you must take with you by the +Bye, that I never let them imagine that I intended to stir from the Spot +myself; I mean, after my Return from the Ramble that I had taken round the +Island, of which I have given you an Account; but, that I resolv'd to take +up my Rest in _Madagascar_ as long as I liv'd; indeed, before, I said +otherwise, as I wrote you before, and made them all promise to fetch me +away, but now I gave it out that I was resolv'd to live and die here; and +therefore, a little before I resolv'd upon going, I set to Work to build me +a new House, and to plant me a pretty Garden at a Distance from our Fort; +only I had a select Company, to whom I communicated every Thing, and who +resolv'd that, at last, we would go altogether, but that we would do it our +own Way. + +When I had finish'd my new House, (and a mighty Palace you would say it +was, if you had been to see it) I remov'd to it, with eight of the Gang +that were to be my Fellow adventurers; and to this Place we carry'd all our +private Wealth, that is to say, Jewels and Gold; as to our Share of Silver, +as it was too heavy to remove, and must be done in Publick, I was oblig'd +to leave it behind; but we had a Stratagem for that too, and it was thus: + +We had a Sloop, as you have heard, and she lay in our Harbour, 'tis true; +but she lay ready to sail upon any Occasion; and the Men, who were of our +Confederacy, who were not with me at my Country-house, were twelve in +Number: These Men made a Proposal, that they would take the Sloop, and go +away to the Coast of _Malabar_, or where else they could speed to their +Mind, and buy a Fraight of Rice for the publick Account: In a free State as +we were, every Body was free to go wherever they would, so that no Body +oppos'd them; the only Dispute at any Time, was about taking the Vessel we +had to go in: However, as these Men seem'd only to act upon the publick +Account, and to go to buy Provisions, no Body offer'd to deny them the +Sloop, so they prepar'd for their Voyage: Just as they were ready to go, +one of them starts it to the rest, that it was very hazardous and difficult +to run such a Length every now and then to get a little Rice, and if they +would go, why should they not bring a good Quantity? This was soon +resolv'd; so they agreed, they should take Money with them to buy a good +Ship wherever they could find her, and then to buy a Loading of Rice to +fill her up, and so come away with her. + +When this was agreed, they resolv'd to take no Money out of the grand +Stock, but to take such Mens Money as were gone, and had left their Money +behind; and this being consented to, truly, my Friends took the Occasion, +and took all their own Money, and mine, (being 64 little Chests of Pieces +of Eight) and carry'd it on Board, as if it had been of Men that were +Prick'd-run, and no Body took any Notice of it. These twelve Men had also +now got twelve more with them, under Pretence of manning a Ship, if we +should buy one, and in this Pickle away they put to Sea. + +We had due Notice of every Thing that was done; and having a Signal given +of the Time they resolv'd to go, we pack'd up all our Treasure, and began +our March to the Place appointed, which from our Quarters was about forty +Mile farther North. + +Our Habitation, that is to say, my new House, was about sixteen Miles up +the Country, so that the rest of our People could have no Notice of our +March, neither did they miss us, at least, as I heard of, for we never +heard any more of them; nor can I imagine what Condition or Circumstance +they can be in at present, if they are still upon the Place, as, however, I +believe some of them are. + +We join'd our Comrades, with a great Deal of Ease, about three Days +afterwards, for we march'd but softly, and they lay by for us: The Night +before we went on Board, we made them a Signal by Fire, as we had appointed +to let them know where we were, and that we were at Hand; so they sent +their Boat and fetch'd us off, and we embark'd without any Notice taken by +the Rest. + +As we were now loose, and at Sea, our next Business was to resolve whither +we should go; and I soon govern'd the Point, resolving for _Bassaro_ in the +Gulph of _Persia_, where I knew we might shift for ourselves: Accordingly, +we steer'd away for the _Arabian_ Coast, and had good Weather for some +Time, even till we made the Land at a great Distance, when we steer'd +Eastward along the Shore. + +We saw several Ships, in our Way, bound to and from the Red Sea, as we +suppos'd, and, at another Time, we would have been sure to have spoken with +them: But, we had done Pirating; our Business now was, how to get off, and +make our Way to some Retreat, where we might enjoy what we had got; so we +took no Notice of any Thing by the Way; but, when we was thus sailing +merrily along, the Weather began to change, the Evening grew black and +cloudy, and threaten'd a Storm: We were in Sight or a little Island, (I +know nothing of its Name) under which we might have anchor'd with Safety +enough, but our People made light of it, and went on. + +About an Hour after Sun-set the Wind began to rise, and blew hard at N. E. +and at N. E. by N. and in two Hours Time encreas'd to such a Tempest, as in +all my Rambles I never met with the like; we were not able to carry a Knot +of Sail, or to know what to do, but to stow every Thing close, and let her +drive; and, in this Condition we continu'd all the Night, all the next Day, +and Part of the Night after; towards Morning the Storm abated a little, but +not so as to give us any Prospect of pursuing our voyage; all the Ease we +had, was, that we could just carry a little Sail to steddy the Vessel, and +run away before it; which we did at that violent Rate, that we never abated +'till we made Land on the East Side of _Madagascar_, the very Island we +came from, only on the other Side of the Island. + +However, we were glad we had any Place to run to for Harbour; so we put in +under the Lee of a Point of Land that gave us Shelter from the Wind, and +where we came to an Anchor, after being all of us almost dead with the +Fatigue; and, if our Sloop had not been an extraordinary Sea-boat, she +could never have born such a Sea, for twelve Days together, as we were in, +the worst I ever saw before or since. We lay here, to refresh ourselves, +about twenty Days; and, indeed, the Wind blew so hard all the while, that +if we had been dispos'd to go to Sea, we could not have done it; and, being +here, about seven of our Men began to repent their Bargain, and left us, +which I was not sorry for. It seems, the principal Reason of their looking +back, was, their being of those who had left their Money behind them. They +did not leave us without our Consent, and therefore our Carpenters built +them a Boat, during the three Weeks we stay'd here, and fitted it very +handsomely for them, with a Cabin for their Convenience, and a Mast and +Sail, with which they might very well sail round to our Settlement, as we +suppose they did: We gave them Fire-arms and Ammunition sufficient, and +left them furnishing themselves with Provisions; and this, we suppose, was +the Boat, tho' with other Men in it, which adventur'd afterwards as far as +the _Cape of Good Hope_, and was taken up by a _Portugese_ in Distress, by +which Means they got Passage for themselves to _Lisbone_, pretending they +had made their Escape from the Pirates at _Madagascar_; but we were told, +that the _Portuguese_ Captain took a good deal of their Money from them, +under Pretence of keeping it from his own Seamen; and that when they came +on Shore, and began to claim it, he threaten'd them with taking them up, +and prosecuting them for Pirates, which made them compound with him, and +take about 10000 Dollars for above 120000, which they had with them; which, +by the Way, was but a scurvy Trick: They had, it seems, a considerable +Quantity of Gold among them, which they had the Wit to conceal from the +Captain of the Ship, and which was enough for such Fellows as them, and +more than they well knew what to do with; so that they were rich enough +still, tho' the _Portugal_ Captain was nevertheless a Knave for all that. + +We left them here, as I have said, and put to Sea again; and, in about +twenty Days Sail, having pretty good Weather, we arriv'd at the Gulph of +_Persia_: It would be too long to give you an Account of the particular +Fortunes of some of our People after this, the Variety of which would fill +a Volume by itself: But, in the first Place, we, who were determin'd to +travel, went on Shore at _Bassaro_, leaving the rest of our Men to buy +Rice, and load the larger Vessel back to their Comrades, which they +promis'd to do; but how far they perform'd I know not. + +We were thirteen of us that went on Shore here; from whence we hir'd a kind +of Barge, or rather a Bark, which, after much Difficulty, and very unhandy +Doings of the Men who we had hir'd, brought us to _Babylon_, or _Bagdat_, +as it is now call'd. + +Our Treasure was so great, that if it had been known what we had about us, +I am of Opinion we should never have troubl'd _Europe_ with our Company: +However, we gat safe to _Babylon_ or_ Bagdat_, where we kept ourselves +_Incog_ for a while, took a House by ourselves, and lay four or five Days +still, till we had got Vests and long Gowns made to appear Abroad in as +_Armenian_ Merchants. After we had got Cloaths, and look'd like other +People, we began to appear Abroad; and I, that from the Beginning had +meditated my Escape by myself, began now to put it into Practice; and, +walking one Morning upon the Bank of the River _Euphrates_, I mus'd with +myself what Course I should take to make off, and get quite away from the +Gang, and let them not so much as suspect me. + +While I was walking here, comes up one of my Comrades, and one who I always +took for my particular Friend: I know what you are employ'd in, _said he_, +while you seem only to be musing, and refreshing yourself with the cool +Breeze. Why, _said I_, what am I musing about? Why, _said he_, you are +studying how you should get away from us; but, muse upon it as long as you +will, _says he_, you shall never go without me, for I am resolv'd to go +with you which Way soever you take. 'Tis true, _says I_, I was musing which +Way I should go, but not which Way I should go without you; for tho' I +would be willing to part Company, yet you cannot think I would go alone; +and you know I have chosen you out from all the Company to be the Partner +of all my Adventures. + +Very well, _says he_, but I am to tell you now, that it is not only +necessary that we should not go all together; but, our Men have all +concluded, that we should make our Escape every one for himself, and should +separate as we could; so that you need make no Secret of your Design any +more than of the Way you intend to take. + +I was glad enough of this News, and it made me very easy in the +Preparations we made for our setting out: And, the first Thing we did, was, +to get us more Cloaths, having some made of one Fashion, some of another; +but, my Friend and I, who resolv'd to keep together, made us Cloaths after +the Fashion of the _Armenian_ Merchants, whose Country we pretended to +travel through. + +In the mean Time, five of our Men dress'd like Merchants; and, laying out +their Money in Raw Silk, and Wrought Silks, and other Goods of the Country, +proper for _Europe_, (in which they were directed by an _English_ Merchant +there) resolv'd to take the usual Rout, and travel by the Caravans from +_Babylon_ to _Alleppo_, and so to _Scanderoon_, and we staid and saw them +and their Bales go off in Boats for a great Town on the _Euphrates_, where +the Caravans begin to take up the Passengers; the other six divided +themselves, one Half of them went for _Agra_, the Country of the Great +Mogul, resolving to go down the River _Hoogly_ to _Bengal_; but whither +they went afterward or what Course they took, I never knew, neither whether +they really went at all or not. + +The other three went by Sea, in a _Persian_ Vessel, back from the Red Sea +to the Gulf of _Mocca_, and I heard of them all three at _Marseilles_; but +whither they went afterwards I never knew, nor could I come to speak with +them even there. + +As for me and my Friend, we first laid out all the Silver we had in +_European_ Ware, such as we knew would vend at _Ispahan_, which we carry'd +upon twelve Camels; and hiring some Servants, as well for our Guide as our +Guard, we set out. + +The Servants we hir'd were a Kind of _Arab_, but rather looking like the +Great Mogul's people, than real _Arabians_; and when we came into _Persia_, +we found they were look'd upon as no better than Dogs, and were not only +used ill, but that we were used ill for their Sakes; and after we were come +three Days into the _Persian_ Dominions, we found ourselves oblig'd to part +with them; so we gave them three Dollars a Man to go back again. + +They understood their Business very well, and knew well enough what was the +Reason of it, though we did not. However, we found we had committed a great +Mistake in it; for we perceiv'd that they were so exasperated at being +turn'd off, that they vowed to be revenged; and, indeed, they had their +Revenge to the Full; for the same Day, at Night, they return'd in the Dark, +and set eleven Houses on Fire in the Town where we quartered; which, by the +Way, had gone near to have cost me my Life, and would certainly have done +so, if in the Hurry I had not seiz'd one of the Incendiaries and deliver'd +him up to them. + +The People were so provok'd at him that was taken that they fell upon him +with all possible Fury as the common Incendiary and Burner of the Town, and +presently quitted us (for they had before vowed our Destruction) but, as I +said, quitted us immediately, and thronged about the Wretch they had taken; +and, indeed, I made no Question but that they would have immediately +murder'd him (nay, that they would have torn him in Pieces before they +parted with him). But after they had vented their Rage at him for some Time +with all possible Reproaches and Indignities, they carry'd him before the +_Cadi_, or Judge of the Place. The _Cadi_, a wise, grave Man, answered, no, +he would not judge him at that Time, for they were too hot and passionate +to do Justice; but they should come with him in the Morning, when they were +cool, and he would hear them. + +It is true this was a most excellent Step of the _Cadi_ as to the right Way +of doing Justice; but it did not prove the most expedient in the present +Occasion, though that was none of his Fault neither; for in the Night the +Fellow got out of their Hands, by what Means or by whose Assistance I never +heard to this Day; and the _Cadi_ fined the Town in a considerable Sum for +letting a Man accused of a capital Crime make his Escape before he was +adjudged, and, as we call it, discharged according to Law. + +This was an eminent Instance of the Justice of these People; and though +they were doubly enraged at the Escape of the Fellow, who, without Doubt, +was guilty, yet they never open'd their Mouths against the _Cadi_; but +acquiesc'd in his Judgment, as in that of an Oracle, and submitted to the +national Censure, or Censure according to the Custom of their Nation, which +he had pass'd upon them in their publick Capacity for the Escape of the +Man. + +We were willing to get out of this Place as soon as we could; for we found +the Peoples Rage, which wanted an Object to vent itself upon, began to +threaten us again: So having pack'd up our Goods, and gotten five ordinary +Camel-Drivers for our Servants in the Country, we set out again. + +The Roads in _Persia_ are not so much frequented, as to be well +accommodated with Inns, so that several Times we were oblig'd to lodge upon +the Ground in the Way; but our new Servants took Care to furnish us with +Lodging; for as soon as we let them know we wanted Rest, and inclin'd to +stop, they set up a Tent for us, in so short a Time, that we were scarce +able to imagine it possible, and under this we encamp'd, our Camels being +just by us, and our Servants and Bales lying all hard by. + +Once or twice we lodg'd in publick Inns, built at the King of _Persia_'s +Charge: These are fair large Buildings, built square, like a large Inn, +they have all of them large Stables, and good Forrage for the Camels and +Horses, and Apartments for perhaps two or three hundred People, and they +are call'd _Caravansera's_, as being built to entertain whole Caravans of +Travellers: On the great Roads to _Tauris_ and the Side of _Turky_ they are +all fortify'd, and are able to entertain five or six Thousand People, and +have a Stock to furnish what Number of Men can come with Provisions; nay, +it has been known, that whole armies of the _Persians_ have on their March +been furnish'd with Provisions in one of these _Caravansera's_, and that +they have kill'd 2000 Sheep for them in one Night's Time. + +In this Manner we travell'd to _Ispahan_, the Capital of _Persia_, where +appearing as Merchants, and with several Camels loaden with Merchandize, we +pass'd all Possibility of Suspicion, and being perfectly easy, we continu'd +here some Time, sold our Cargoes, and would gladly have remitted the Money +to other Places, as for _Constantinople_ in particular; but we found the +_Turks_ and _Persians_ have no such Thing as an Exchange, by Bills running +between them and other Nations, no, nor between one Town and another. + +We were invited here by a sudden Accident to have gone Home by the +_Caspian_ Sea and _Astracan_, so thro' _Muscovy_; but I had heard so much +of the Barbarity of the _Russians_, the dangerous Navigation of the +_Caspian_ Sea by Reason of the Calms and Shoals, the Hazard of being robb'd +by the _Tartars_ on the River _Wolga_, and the like, that I chose to travel +to _Constantinople_, a Journey through Desarts, over Mountains and Wastes, +among so many Sorts of Barbarians, that I would run any Kind of Hazards by +Sea, before I would attempt such a Thing again. + +It would deserve another History to let you into all the different +Circumstances of this Journey; how well I was us'd by some, and how ill by +others; nay, how well by some _Mahometans_, how ill by some Christians: But +it shall suffice to tell you, that I am at present at _Constantinople_; +and, tho' I write this here, I do not purpose to send it to you till I come +to _Marseilles_ in _France_; from whence I intend to go and live in some +inland Town, where, as they have, perhaps, no Notion of the Sea, so they +will not be inquisitive after us. + + I am, _&c._ + + + _FINIS._ + + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The King of Pirates, by Daniel Defoe + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE KING OF PIRATES *** + +***** This file should be named 37992.txt or 37992.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/3/7/9/9/37992/ + +Produced by Jens Sadowski (This file was produced from +images generously made available by The Internet Archive) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/37992.zip b/37992.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ac6026d --- /dev/null +++ b/37992.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc254d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #37992 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/37992) |
